IDE

TO THE

I Australian Ethnological

Collection

EXHIBITED IN THE

NATIONAL MUSEUM OF VICTORIA

SIR BALDWIN SPENCER.

K.C.M.G.. FMS., DUtt.. MA^ DSc.
Hon. Director of the Miueuh..

THIRD EDITION

ILLUSTRATED BY 33 PLATES

By Authority!
Albot J. Mcuxrr. Covunment Piintoi. MiLaociMr

1922

LI'i'PARY

Uf-l!V H iTY OF
CAL'-.JRNIA

:4.TmR0P0T.0CTY LT^.RAR'?

GIFT or

Trustees of National

PRESENTED

THE TRUSTEES

NATIONAL MUSEUM,

MELBOURNE.

G L I D !■:

TO IHK

Australian Ethnological
Collection

K.XHIBITRD IN IHl

NAIIONAI. MUSEUM OF \lCiORlA

SIR BALDWIN SPENCER,

K.C.M.G.. K.R.S.. D.Lirr.. M.A.. D.Sc.

//on. Diredor nf the .Museum.

TIUKD LD1JIU.\

ILLL5IKATF.D BY 33 PI.ATF.S

Bv Ai TtioRin :
Albeitt j. Mtiirrr. CioviRSMisT Primir. Mhboirn».

19 2 2

3WS.

V Q a sl.

CUN ILN 1 S.

I'rrfacc to thini inlition
intnMiui-tiun

Shi.l.l-i. ({'««p I) ..

KtMiiiicrnnK!*- (''a!it<2) .. ..

i<<x>ii)frHni;x. (fat*' 3)

B<Miti)eran^ and Cltihs. (C'mso -I)

CltilM. ((.'nw 5)

Sfieara. (Cane «) . .

Spears, (t'aac 7)

S|n>an<. (('aiM> 8) . .

Sjx'ar throwers, (f'a.se 9)

WiMxion vessels, nets. ba<;s. baskets. (Case 10) ..

.\rtirles of riotliint;. (Ca.s(>ll)

Clolhini; an'l ornament. (Case 12)

Ciotliinj; un<l nnianient. (Case 13)

IVrsonal oniainents. (Case 14)

Personal ornaments. (Caw 15)

Human hair string. (Case W5)

.M.inufacturc of twine. (Case 17)

Fire making. (Case 18)

Ilone needlea, awls, fishing hooks. (Case 19)

Instniments us«'<l fur cuttinL' and scraping. (Case 20)

FiKid-*, de««)niting niaterial.s. nnreoticx, fixatives, &e. (Case 2!

Mm-1 iI inRtniments. (Caite 22)

l^tt.- • ur mesMage fitieks. (Casi> 23)
Canoes. (Casett 24, 25. 2tt. 27. 28)

Walleln. (Caae 29) . .

Stone rhiitrls or adze«. (Caac 30)

FlakiNl stone axeH. (Cane 31)

Chippeil and llaked Ht4)ne implement, (('n'to 32)

nake<l stone knives. (Case .33)

Hake'l stone knivvs. (fas*> 34)

I-laketl dJoni' knives, (('use .31)
(ilam upenr heads, {('am' 3<i) . .
Ciround Ntone axes. (Case 37)
(imuml stone axe*. (Caie .38)
Ctmund ntone axe*. (Caao 39)
Stone hanuner axe*. (Case 40)
(jmtin'l stone axes. (Case 41)
(iad-slia|>ed axes. Ae. (Caiie 42)
(ln»«ive«l axes. (Case 43)

Patfp

9
13
19
24
27
30
32
3U
38
40
44
.50
51
54
57
58
•SO
()0
(il
02
t>4
»).■>
T'l
To

78
79
s2
s2
S3
H3
S3
s»

8'i
85
85
85

COVTESTS— CDIifi »N( (I.

Page

Stone wedges. (Case 44) . . . . . . . . . . 85

Pebble axes, &c. (Case 45) . . . . . . . . . . 86

Scrapers, &c. (Case -1(1) . . . . . . . • . . 8()

" Blanks." (Case 47) . . . . . . . . . . 8()

Spokeshaves, chiiiped and Ha ked <t one knives. (Case 48) .. 87

Grinding stones. (Case 49) . . . . . . . . . . 87

Grinding and pounding stones. (Case 50) . . . . . . 88

Chipping hammers. (Case 51) .. .. .. ..88

Anvils and husking stones, &c. (Case 52) . . . . . . 88

Stones for di-essing spear-shafts, &e. (Case 53) . . . . . . 89

Large grinding stones. (Case 54) . . . . . . . . 89

Cylindrico-conical stones. (Case 54a) . . . . . . . . 89

Tasmanian stone implements. (Case 55) . . . . . . 94

Comparative stone series. (Case 56) . . . . . . . . 94

Ceremonial objects. (Case 57) . . . . . . . . 94

Ceremonial objects, Groote Island. (Case 57 \) .. .. .. 102

Ceremonial objects, Western Australia. (Case 57b) . . . . 102

Sacred sticks and stones. (Cases 58 and 59) . . . . . . 103

Churinga. (Cases 60 to 72) . . . . . . . . . . 106

Articles of magic. (Case 73) .. .. .. .. ..113

Articles of magic. (Case 74) . . . . . . . . . . 115

Articles of magic. (Case 75) . . . . . . . . ..117

Pointing sticks and bones. (Case 76) .. .. .. ..118

Shoes, &c., worn during a Kurdaitcha. (Case 77) . . . . 119

Stone knives used in certain initiation ceremonies. (Case 78) . . 121

Burial and mourning. (Case 79) . . . . . . . . 122

Burial and mourning. (Case 80) . . . . . • • • 123

Melville and Bathurst Islands graves. (Case 81) .. .. 125

Grave post. (Case 82) . . . . . . . . . . 125

Objects used by the natives of Melville and Bathuist Islands.

(Case 83) . . ■ . . . . . . • • ■ • . . 1 26

Native bark drawings. (Case 84) .. .. .. ..128

Native bark drawings. (Case 85) . . . . . . . . 133

Picture on smoked bark. (Case 86) . . . . . . . . 136

Scene ilhistrating aboriginal life. (Case 87) . . . . . . 136

Playthings. (Case 88) . . . . . . . . . • 139

Smoking inpes. (Case 89) .. .. ^ .. .. .. 140

Miscellaneous. (Case 90) . . . . " . . ■ . . . 140

Specimens illustrating tree cutting. (Case 91) .. .. ..141

Woman's dilly-bag and contents. (Case 92) . . . . . . 141

Casts of Victorian Aboriginal heads. (Case 93) .. .. ..141

Casts of Tasmanian Aboriginal heads and of skeleton of Tnisanini.

(Case 94) .. .. .. .. .. .... 142

iM.A rt:s

To 1»cc I'bbu

1. CeiHTsI Viow uf the Australian Ethnulogical Oallrrv 7

2. Shii'Ida . . .. .. 13

3. BoonHTangH . . . . 2-
■I. StTirs showing i»«i«..-.il>If il.vcliiiiiiniit ..f l«>oiiu rain.' fii.in uMlinnv

thruwini; stick L'T

5. I'lub* . . :i<»

6. C'lub-H . . A*

7. Spoan* . . 3S

8. Spear thruwrrs 4<t
fl. WtMulon v<»»«i«'lH 44

!<•. Bark baskets 4)j

11. r- 4,S

\2. I. 4«»

13. ()niaiiifiit*<. upiiidlf .. .. ."»7

14. Fin- makiuu, music, jilaytliimis lil
1.1. Stone implements .74
10. Ceremonial object ~ . i>4
17. Ceremonial object - .96
IH. Cen-monial object- J(8
19. Ceremonial objects ICMI
2<». Cen-monjal objfcts .. .. 102

21. ."<acretl sticks and stones 1(>3

22. Obji'rts of manic .. 113

23. Kurdait'ha sh<M>s .. 119

24. HuriMi and mouniin^; . . 122
2.5. Two Graves, Melville Island 124
2rt. Crmve postfl 12.)
27. Mouminf; armlets 126
2.H. Mcuminu armlets .... 127
2'.». .MiMiminc rinRs 12S
3n. Initiation objectx 12K

31. linrk .Iniwmi; .. .. .. .. ..129

32. Utrk dniMini; .. .. .. .. .. 132

.13. Native Camp Siene .. .. .. .. l.Ul

Plate 1

PREFACE TO IWE TI IIRD KDIIION.

Ill (■••iiscqnonpo of tlu* |M'culiar iiittri'.st wliirli attuclu's to
xhv Aii^traliain aborijjinals, a sinn-ial galltTV lias been devoted
to the t'xliihitioii of tlu'ir wi'apons, iinplcninits, and fcro-
iiionial obji'cts. Tlu'st' have beoii arranged so as to sliow,
as far as possibK-, series of objects beb)iigiiig to tribes from
tbe various parts of tlie eoiitiiH-iit. For exanipb', tlie forms
of shields used in ditfereiit tribes are shown in one case,
boomerangs in another, sacred and cerumonial "l>i '•'■; in
anotber.

Most unfortunately the opportunity was not taken in the
early days, before the iron tomahawk had replaced th.'
native stone axe, of bringing together a collection illustrative
of implements in daily use amongst the Victorian tribes,
and now, owing to the practically complete extinction of
the tribes, it is, of course, impossible to secure them. IIow-
ev. r, desi>ite this, the Australian collection is a fairly repre-
>entative one and is especially rich in regard to variiuw
arti<des connected with magic and in what are usually desig-
nate<I as " sacretl " objects, such as are used during initiation
ceremonies, and which of all things possessed by the aborigine
are the most ditHcult to procure, while at the same time they
are of the deepest interest.

Owing to the imperfect nature of the i-arly records of
the collection it is not possible to ascertain how many of
our more inten-sting exhibits connected with Victorian an*l
Xi'W Soutli Wales tril)es were obtained, but it appears
eviileiit fiiaf the institution is de ply indebte«l to the late
Mr. Hrougli Smyth, whose important work on 'I'lir Ahdrufina
of Virlorin contains nuuiy illustrations of specijuens now
in the collection, and thes<', without which the collei-tion
would i>e very imperfect, w«'re probably secjir<<l by him.

In the re-arrangement of the collection duplicates have
Ix'cn rigidly excliuled, .««o that each specimen has a «lefinite
place and meaning in the serii-s in which it occurs. The
du|dieate specinuMis -that is those which in <'ssential fiatures,
iboiigii perhaps .slightly diffen-nt in detail, are similar to
f.thers in the collection, an<l the exhibition of which in public
would lb<i« Tori- -rrvc no ndeipuife purpose are jdacid

ill tlu' reserve collection which is avaihihlc for purposes of
study. It is earnestly to hi- desired that those wlio have
the opportunity of doiiii;- so will assist in the procuring of
specimens which will serve either to fill some of the many
gaps wdiich occur in the puhlic collection or to enhance the
value of the I'cserve collection.

Since the first issue of the guide, in 1901, very consider-
able additions have been made to both of the collec-
tions, in fact they have l)een more than doubled in size.
The more important ones consist of specimens collected in
various parts of the Northern Territory by the late Mr. F.
J. Gillen and myself and of a very large collection of stone
implements secured mainly through the co-operation of Mr.
A. S. Kenyon. The great majority of the specimens thus
secured are in the reserve collection, and are available for
study. Every specimen figured in The Native Tribes of
Central Australia, The Northern Tribes of Central Aus-
tralia , Across Australia, and The Native Tribes of the
Northern Territory, is in the Museum collection, together
with the whole of the material, including photographic nega-
tives and i^honographic records secured by Mr. Gillen and
myself during the progress of our work.

Though considerable additions have also been made to the
collection since the issue of the second gtiide, in 1915, more
especially in regard to stone implements of which the
Museum now contains a most extensive collection of some
15,000 specimens, limitations of space have prevented the
exhibition of many new acquisitions. The most important
additions are four series containing, respectively, a large
number of cylindrico-conical implements from the Darling
River district, in New South Wales, collected by Messrs. H.
S. Officer and A. S. Kenyon; a number of decorated cere-
monial slabs from Groote Island, presented by Mr. H. L.
White ; casts of the heads of a number of Victorian abori-
ginals, three masks of Tasmanian aboriginals, and a cast of
the skeleton of Truganini, the last of the Tasmanians.

By means of descriptive labels each series of objects is, it
is hoped, sufficiently described, and the following catalogue
is in the main a copy of these labels illustrated by photo-
graphic reproductions of some of the more important and
interesting objects in the collection.

BALDWIN SPENCER.

National Museum,

Melbourne, 1922.

IMRODI'CIION.

Tin' Australian aboriginals art- n-garilfj as brloiigiiig to
one of tlu' most primitive of existing races. Tlicy are tru"
savages, living by Ksliing and hunting, nevt-r cultivating tli'-
Iniul over which they roam, nor domesticating animals. How-
far the fact that, with the possible exception of the dog,
ihere are no animals useful for domestic purposes in Aus-
tralia has been an element in retarding the development of
the race, it is impossible to say. One thing is certain, and
that is that for long ages they have been shut off from inter-
course with outside peoples.

There is still very considerable doubt as to the origin of
the present Australian aboriginals, but it a[)pears to bo almost
certain that in past times the whole of the continent, includ-
ing Tasmania, was occupie<l by one people. This original,
and probably '* I'lotrichous '' population,* was almost cer-
tainly at an early period widely spreail over Malaysia and
tlu' Australian continent, including Tasmania, winch at tl»ai
tim • was not completely si'parated off by liass Strait. There
i<j no doubt l)ut that the Tasmanians had no boats capal)le
of crossing tlie latter, antl must, tiierefore, have walked over
on land, or at most have paddled every now and then across
narrow arms of still water in the frailest of canoes. Subse-
(piently there came a time wiien what wa.s at first low-lying
land witli peaks, now represented l)v King Island on tlie
w«'st, and the Kent, Furneau.x. and Flin<lers Islan<ls on tin-
east, sank beneath the sea, having part of this original
'* riotrichous " population stranded in Tasmania, wlier*'
Homo lasmanlanus survived until he came in contact with
Kuropeans and was exterminated. The Tasmanians, isolated
from the mainland, may be reganh'd as having retained the
physical strtU'ture and the low level of culture of the old
" riotrichous '' stock. Tlieir liair had tiie frizzly character
of the negroi<l race.s, in contrast to the wavy nature of that
of the present Atistralians. Tln-ir weapons and implements
were of the simplest description; long, pointe<l, but probably
not barbed, spears were thrown by the hand without the In In
of any .spear thrower, which they had not invented; they had
no boomerang, no ground ax<'s, and onlv the crudest form
of chippe<l stones, whiidi were not .set in handles, but simply
! i in the hand wlr l' used as .scrapers, k

■ •■■ ■' •'•• On Ihr ..rivin ../ (Mf Ahorifim** of Tatmania an- .i ■■ .. .j.!..
'try, 1800. A \-aluablo Mblloffrapliy rrfrrrtnit lo Ihr •uhjrrt

axes. They wero, in fact, living represpntativos of pala'olitliie
man, lower in the scale .of cnltnre than any lumian beings
now n])on earth. It i,s a matter for the deepest regret that
lliey Avere allowecl to become extinct witliont onr gaining
anything but tlic most meagre information with regard to
their customs and organization.'"'

N'arioiis theories have been proposed with r.'gard to the
origin of the present Australian race. Sir W. II. Flower
and Mr. Lydekker suggested that a low type of dark-com-
plexioned Caucasians entered from the north and produced
a blend with the original inhabitants, resulting in the for-
mation of tlic ]n'esent Australian people, so that, according
to these two authors, the latter " is not a distinct race
at all, that is, not a homogeneous group formed by the
gradual modification of one of the original stocks, but rather
a cross between two already formed branches of these
stocks." f

lliere is no .doubt but that the Australian native represents
a higher grade of development than the Tasmanian, and,
whether he is or is not the result of a blend between an
earlier race and a later immigration, at the present day the
type is a remarkably uniform one over the whole of the con-
tinent. His average height is about 5 ft. 6 in. ; his skin is
dark chocolate brown in colour, never truly black; his hair
is wavy and not frizzly or woolly, though the beard may at
times be somewhat frizzly, yet it is never similar to that of
the Tasmanian or true negro. He lives in tribes, each of
which has a distinctive name and occupies and roams over
an area of land the limits of which are clearly known to
the natives. Each tribe speaks a dialect diflfering so much
from that of neighbouring tribes that individuals belonging
to distinct tribes cannot understand each others' speech,
though not infrequently they can communicate by means of
gesture language which is remarkably Avell developed. In
regar.d to the shape of the head, the native belongs to the
dolichocephalic or long-headed group of men.t With the

* For an account of the Tasmanians the student sliould consult The Ahoriginex of
Tasmania, by H. Ling Roth, 2nd edit, 1899.

t Mammals livinq and ertinct, p. 748.

i A dolichocephaiir skull is one in which, the length of the head being counted as 100,
the greatest proportional br.'adth is less than 75 ; when the latter is greater than 80 then
it is spoken of as brachvecphalic or broad headed. A glance at a map of the world,
indicating the di^triliuti(iTi of long and broad-headed races, shows that in this respect
there is a i;reat contrast between the northern and southern ))arts of the old world : the
line of separation passes east and west through the Alps and Himalayas. North of this,
Kurope-Asia is ocenpied bv broad-beaded peoj)les (excei)t along the western coast line,
where Great Britain, Scandinavia, and Denmark are oeeiipied liy long-headed men). To
the south, Spain, Southern Italv, Arabia, India, the African and Australian continents,
and Melanesia are the homes of the long-headed peoples. The ancient Dravidian in-
habitants of India stand like a connecting link between the African races on the west
and the Australian and .Melanesian on the east. It must be remembered, in connexion
with this, that the form of the head is an indication of race and not of intelligence.

possible exception, pirhaps, of a very small number, every
tribe has a detiniU' orpmization, being (livitbMJ into two main
groups (often subtlivitled into four or right), antl the rub- is
that men of one group must nuirry women of another, the
ehiblren passing, in some eases, into the mother's half
(nuitenuiKleseent), in others into that of the father (pater-
nal th'seent). Of relationship, as it is eounte<l amongst our-
selves, the Australian aboriginal has littb- idea. Speaking
gen rally, a man not only, for exampb-, «-alls his own mother
by one name, but he applies the same term to all lier sister*;,
that is, to all tlif women whom, ami whom alone, his father
might lawfully have married. In the .same way he apjdirs
one term to his father and to all the hitter's brothers, one
term to his aetual brothers, and the .same to his father's
brothers' sons, and .<o on. That i.s, all their ideas of relation-
ship have referenee to the group of whieh any individua.
is a n>ember ratlier than to the individual himself.

In addition to this remarkaldr social organization, whieh
is based on group and not individual ndationship, the .sys-
tem whieh is eall. <1 totemism is largely developed atnongst
the Australian aborigines. A totem, to use the words of Sir
J. G. Frazi-r, is " a class of nujterial objects which a savag,-
regards with superstitious respect, believing that there exists
btween him an/1 ev»ry member of the ela.ss an intimate and
altogether special relation." The aboriginal calls hims<df by
the nanu' of his totem, .saying that he is a kangaroo, i-mu,
or gum-tree num, as the case may be; and in many tribs
the native believes that his ancestors were actually de-
scended from the totemic animal or plant, and will only
injure or »at it on very rare occasions. On the otluT hand,
l>e often performs ceremonies whicdi have for their obj«'cf
the increase of the animal or j)lant which he regards as his
totem. Details in r.gard to this .■system, however, vary
witlely, in difT«rent parts of the continent, and its origin is
lost in ob.sfurity. In some tribes, such as tin- Kurnai. all
the men have one totem, all the women anotlwr; in otlur
tribes, such as the Arunta, the totems are very numerous,
aibil each group includes both nu-n and women; in .sonu-,
such as the Dicri, a man of one totem may only marry a
woman of another, the (diiblren passing into the mother's
totem; in others, sucdi as the niid)inga, the >ame holds true,
ixcept that the child pa.s.ses into the father's totem; whilst
in others, such as the Artinta, tin- totem has nothing to do
with the regulation of marriage, and there is no ncH'cssity
for the children to pa.ss into either that of the father or the
moth«T. In all tribes the regulating of nuitters of tribal
interest, both internal and external, lies in the hands of the

older men. Tlioro may be one or more wlio have special
iiiilueiiee owing to their age, or fighting power, or skill in
matters of magic, but there is never any one to whom the
title of chief can properly be applied.

As amongst all savage people, the aboriginal is bound
hand and foot by custom ; wliat his fathers did, that he must
do; and before a youth is admitted to the ranks of the men
he must submit to Avhat are often the painful rites attendant
upon initiation, such as the knocking out of a tooth, &c.

Every tribe has certain sacred or secret ceremonies con-
cerned with initiation or Avith the totems, all knowledge of
which is forbidden to Avomen and chiklren under severe
penalties, and, in connexion with these, certain objects, such
as sacred sticks, stones, and decorations, are used.

In regard to their weapons and implements, there is con-
siderable diversity in form in .different parts of the conti-
nent.* Xowhere is any use ever made of metal, but in the
manufacture of ground stone axes the Australian has
advanced beyond the level of the Tasmanian.

Perliajis the most characteristic Australian weapon is the
return boomerang, which is made so that when thrown it
will return to the thrower. It must be remembered, how-
ever, that there are large areas of the continent over Avhieh
this is not met with, and where only the ordinary fighting
boomerang is seen. His spears may be simply sharpened
wooden sticks, or one or more barbs may be either cut out
from the solid or attached near to the point, and in the
northern parts they may be tipped with flaked stone heads.
To aid him in throwing them he has the spear-thrower. The
use of bow and arrow is unknown to him. For making fire
he uses both the drill and the sawing method, a piece of
hard wood being either rapidly rotated, or worked up and
down in a groove, on a softer piece, the powder Avorn away
from which is ignited by the heat of the friction.

In pictorial art the Australian native is not far advanced,
though certain of his geometrical designs are elaborate and
decorative, Avhile at times he can draw Avith some spirit
outlines of the animals Avhich he is accustomed to hunt.
With rude drawings of animals and plants and geometrical

* For a list of literature dealing with the Australian aboriginals reference shoiild be
made to the bibliograpliy compiled by Mr. K. Etheridge, junior, Memoirs of Geological
Survei/, y.S. IT., Palseontological Series Xo. 8.

So far as the objects in this collection are concerned, in many cases the identical, and
in others similar ones are described and flg\ired in one or otlicr of the following works • —
The Aborigines of Victoria, by R. Brough Smytli. Ethnological Studies amongst the Sorth-
teest-cenlral Qm-enshind Aborigines, by AA'alter E. Roth, The Satire Tribes of Central
Australia, The Xorthern Tribes of Central Australia, Across Australia, by Baldwin Spencer
and F. J. Gillen, and The Satice Tribes of the Xorthern Ti'rritory of Australia, by Baldwin
Spencer.

PLATE 2.

SHIELDS.

designs oftfii n»ii>i>tiii^ i»t' i-om-i-iiUU' ijii-U-s tlrawii in viUow
uud rod ochre, white pipechiy, uiid eluireoul, he oriiaiiieiits
the siih's uiid roofs of Ills natural roi-k slu>ll«'r or thi* sheets
oi hark out of which \h- builds the mu^h ** inia-inias " which
serve as a protection from wind and rain. With the sharp-
edged tooth of an " opossum ' implanted in the jaw he can
incise either on wood or stone a series of concentric circles
or a spiral witli remarkable pri-cision, and with a flake of
flint will ornam«*nt the flat face of a shield with an elaborate
desijrn. In certain parts, as for example :ilon>; tiie shores
of Port .Jackson, are found rough outlines of animals, such
as fish and kangaroos, often of great size, which lu- has
chiselled out upon flat rock surfaces.

He can rarely count beyond three or four, but in the direc-
tion in which they can bi' of service to him his faculties are
wonderfully developed. In his wild state he knows at a
glance the tracks of any individual in his camp, and caJi
follow with unerring precision those of the animals upon
which he has to rely for his food supjtly.

He has not reached the stage of writing, and his so-call d
message sticks are merely bits of wood on which certain
marks are made to aid as a reminder to the bearer, though
they cannot be read except by the individual who has made
them or to whom they have been explained.

The Australian aboriginal nujy be regardeil as a relic of
the early childhood of mankind left stranded in a part of tliL'
world wher.- he has, without tiie impetus derived from com-
petition, remained in a low condition of savagery, develojjing
along certain special lines; there is no conclusive evidence,
cither in his customs, social organization, weapon.s, or imple-
lu nts, to show that lu- has rr'trogra<led from a higher state
of civilization.

SHIELDS. (Case 1.)

Tiiis series illustrates tin- mor*- important forms of shieMs
fouiul amongst Australian natives. The make and form
of the weapon varies to a very considerable degree in dif-
ferent parts of the continent. In the great majority of cases
it has a broad, more or less flat surface, while in others the
face may be reducetl to a mere narrow, we<lge-shaped struc-
ture, useful oidy for the wanling oflf of blows of clubs. The
wood out of which it is maile may l)e divided into two kinds
— (1) heavy hard wood, such as that of the " iron bark "
{Kucahiplus Iriiroxiflon), or of .some sjiecies of acacia; and
(2) .soft light wood, such as that of the "bean tree"
(Eri/lhrina rrspertilw), or of the " Currajong " (Sierculia
»pp.).
28«2.— 2

The linndlo, as a general rule, forms part of the solid block
out of Avliicli tlie shield is out, but it uiay, in comparatively
few forms, br made of a separate piece of wood, which is
bent round and insertetl while green into holes ma(k' to
receive the two ends. In the first case the handle may either,
as in the Central Australian specimens (9-16), be level with
the back surface, in which case a cavity for the hand is
hollowed out in the bod}^ of the weapon ; or it may, as in the
West Australian specimens, i)roject outwards (1-7).*

The space for the hand is usually small, in accordance with
the size of that of the native. In some cases, when in use,
a strip of fur string is wound round the handle. Various
forms are characteristic of various parts of the continent,
and in this collection twelve main types may be recognised — •

A. A flat, thin, slab-like structure, from 2 to 3 feet in

length, with the handle cut out of the solid block,
and projecting from the surface. The front is al-
ways ornamented with very characteristic incised
zig-zag lines, the grooves being filled up with red,
white, and yellow pigment. This form is very dis-
tinctive of Western Australia (1-S).

B. A solid, elongate form with round ends, a distinctly

convex front surface, and, in transverse section,
concave hinder surface. The handle is cut out of
the block, and is level with the back surface, a small
space for the hand being cut out beneath it. The
size varies from 1^ feet to 3 feet in length. It is
usually made out of the light, soft wood of the
" bean tree," and is the characteristic shield of Cen-
tral Australian tribes, such as the Warramunga,
Kaitish, Luritja, kc. (9-16).

C. A shield similar in form to the last, but made out of

dark, heavy w^ood (17).

D. A shield similar in form and material to the last, but

devoid of the well-marked, broad, longitudinal
grooves on the face. It has bands of fine, rough
grooves (18).

E. A form with the front face similar in outline to type

B, but differing from the latter in (1) the fact that
the hinder surface is not distinctly concave, but
either flat or slightly convex; and (2) in the ab-
scence of the Avell-marked, broad, longitudinal
grooves, Avhich are always present on the former.
Found in Queensland (19-25).

* The numbers refer to those attached to the spechiiens iu the cases, except such as
Fig. 1, ifcc., wliich refer to ilhistrations in the plates.

F. A broml. thin form, with tht* front convex and the

bai'k i'oin;avf, tht« two v\u\> taju-ring. It is nuuK' out
of the outer part of the wo<»«l of the limb of some
hanl-wood tree, sueli as a fjrm» tree. The handh; is
distinct, the ends k'ing inserted into two holes,
from which they can only be witlwlrawn with diffi-
culty. The front is usually dj'corated with incised
lines, the spaces biin>; filled up witli red ochre and
pi|H'clav. This form is from Virtoria and Xew
South Wales (L>«J-:{:J).

G. A bn)ad. Hat form, with the two ends taperinp and

terminating either in blunt points or in slight
swellings. The surface is often richly carved with
incised designs, which may represent anintal forms.
The whtde structure is nuule out of a solid mass of
hard wood, and this series represents, perhaps, the
ujost highly ornate of all Australian shields. It
was characteristic of certain parts of Victoria and
New South Wales, but, unfortunately, very few
specimens have been preserved (34-39).

H. A form commonly called Mulga and also Mulgon by
the natives of the Lower Murray, and Marr-aga by
the Gippsland natives. It is relatively narrow,
with the front always more or less convex, and the
hinder surface more or less triangular in section,
the handle being cut out of the solid. The fmnt is
always ornamented with incisfti lines, forming
herring-bone or chevron or lozcngi'-shaped patterns,
which are often extremely regular and well exe-
cuted. The grooves are usually filhd with red,
whit!-, and yellow pigment. This form was widely
spread over parts of the south-east of the continent.
The greatest length is something over 3 feet; the
width varies consitlerably, but is always small
in proportion to the length; and the whole struc-
ture, haivJle included, is always cut out of a solid
block of hard wood. The weight varies from 2i
to 3 J pounds (40-47).

K. An elongate form, of hard wood, with a Hattenod
front face and rounded end- Mugular

tion (4S.riO).

L. An elongate form, of hard wood, with distinctly con-
vex front surface, with a t<ii,I. ii,\ t.i l.i inm.- tri-
angular in section (51-53).

M. A very distinct, flatteneil, w<ml:'- h.m i'-iin. >%iiii in-
handle cut out of the solid, an<l the two sides of the
face, which are inclined at a sharp angle to each

other, ornamented with incised paticnis. The k'ngth
varies from 30 to 40 inches. Tlic widlh is not more
tlian 3 inches, and tlie d<'pth ahoiit 5 to O inches
from the anterior to the posterior (vlge. The
weapon, which was used simply for parrying the
blows of clubs, was found in tiie south-east part of
the continent, and Avas called Drunmung by the
natives of the Western District of Victoria (54-60).

N. A large form met with only in certain parts of
Queensland. It sometimes has a curious curved
shape (17, 18). It is made out of a light wood,
the handle being cut out of the solid, and there is
always, but sometimes much more prominently
marked than at others, a central boss on the face.
The striking and characteristic designs in pigment
are totally unlike those met with in other parts,
and possibly point to an outside influence (61-66).

1-8. Western Australian shields, with the characteristic
incised zig-zag lines. In 8 the weapon is somewdiat curved,
and the back, as well as the front, is ornamented with in-
cised lines. Native name, Wunda or Wanda. (Fig. 1.)

9-16. Shields very characteristic of Central Australian
tribes. Made out of light, soft wood of the " bean tree "
(Erythrina vespertUio) . Broadly grooved and red ochred on
both sides, with the edge turned round so as to cause the
back in transverse section to be distinctly concave, the front
surface being convex (11, 13, 14, 15, 16). (Presented by
Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.) (Fig. 2.)

17. A heavy hard wood shield (probably some species of
Eucalyptus), ornamented with grooves on each side. Said
to come from Northern Victoria.

18. A very hard wood shield of gum tree wood, roughly
grooved on each side. In form it agrees with the light soft
wood shields (9, <S:c.) of Central Australia, from which dis-
trict it also comes.

19-23. A series of shields, the front face of which is broad,
convex, aiid similar in outline to that of Nos. 9-16, but the
lateral edges are not turned round, and the hinder surface is
either flat or slightly convex, and there is a further regular
series of longitudinal grooves. 19. From Mackay, (Queens-
land. 20 From Mackay, Queensland. The surface, both
back and front, is ornamented with rows of incised lines
coloured red; the design in white may possibly be intended
to represent some form of animal. Weight, 26 ounces.
Native name, Goolmary. 21. Made of the light wood of the

** Flaiiu' " tr»t'; (^mfii>lainl. -':,'. l* rom tin- lj.urj;uKi dis-
trict. Xorth-Wi'si Qnt'cnslaiul; oriiaiiuMittui with iiifisrd liiiw
coloiirt'il H'tl and y»'llo\v; the liaiidlf has a covrring of t-iim
featht-rs. 23. Fn»in Mackay. Qmx'usland; madf of thi* light
wood of the Ourrajong tree (Sterctilia sp.), and ornamented
with designs in red, yellow, black, and white pigniei!': '':
incise<l pattern is evidently modern.

24, 2r». Two siH'cimens closely similar in general fonu to
the above four, but with a style of ornament never met with
in the ctntral tribes. From the li.mlia ditstrict, Queensland.
Native name. Koguru. (Fig. 4.)

26-33. A series of specimens in which the handle is formed
wparately from the main body, wliich is made out of the
wo«jd of some gum tree (often Eucaliipiu}! leuroji/lon or E.
lint I lull i»). When the slab has be<Mi cho])ped awav from the
tree and roughly chijined to the appro.ximate shape, S(» that
there is a broad central part tapering off towards each end
(the exact nhape of whcji varies much), it is said that a
mound of earth some 3 feet in length and about the same width
as the shield is made; hot ashes are placed on the mound,
and the slab of green wood on top of them ; then sods of
grass and stones are piled above it, and by the time that the
ashes are cidd the shicdd has ast<umed the curve of the mound.
The handle has the characteristic fornj of a ]>iece of wood
inserted at each end, while it is yet green, into the body of
the shield, usually so that the two holes lie in the line corre-
sponding to the long a.\is of the shield. This form it? used in
fighting as a protection against spears. The length is usually
36 to 40 inches, and the greatest width 10 inches. Most
usually, the front face is ornamentefl with bands running in
variojw directions, the space between tln-ni bciiig filled in
with incised lines forming clu-vron. herring-boni'. lo/.enge-
.<!hape<l i)atterns. The lands and raised parts betwe«'n the
grooves are often colourerl with red ochre, and the grooves
filled in with pi|>eclay. This form was made principally hy
natives of the south-east of the continent, and was <'ommt)nly
calli'd (iiam or Kerrem. On the Lower Murray it was calletl
Karragarm; and at Lake Tyers, liamerook. 26. From (iipjn*-
land. 27. P'rom Victoria. (Fig. 5.) 2S. From Xr-w South
Wah'S. 29, 30. From the Ix)wer .Murray. One of them is
placed edgeways so as to show the handle and width of tho
slab of woml. 31. A specinjen whi«'h agnn-s with the others
in the characferi.''tic feature of the structure of the handle,
btit diffi'rs from them in the abs<Mico of the tapering ends
(though in this rrwpeet No, 27 approaches it), and also in
the absiMjce of incised lines. (32, 33 presented bv Mr. J. II.
Connell.)

34-39. Six specimens of a shield formerly made in Victoria
and ISTew Soutli Wales. It was manufactured out of a solid
slab cut from the limb of a hardwood tree, the wood next to
the bark being used for the purpose. The handle is cut out
of the solid. The front surface wats ornamented with incised
lines, which often indicated the outlines of animals. (34
presented by Mr. A. A. C. Le Souef.) 35. A richly orna-
mented specimen, 51 inches in length, and 13 inches in width;
New South Wales. 36. The ornamentation is probably
meant to represent the outline of the body of a large lizai'd,
surrounded by incised lines which run parallel to the outline
of the body, and towards the outer edge of the shield change
into an irregular pattern. River i^ainoi or Peel, jSTew South
Wales. (Fig. 6.) 37. From Victoria. (38, 39 presented
by Mr. J. TT. Conncll.)

40-47. A series of shields used for warding off blows of
clubs. They are all made of some hard wood, such as the
"ironbark"' (Eucalyptus leucoxylon) or an acacia, and vary
in weight from 2^ to 3^ pounds. The width is small in com-
parison to the length. In Xo. 40, which may be taken as a
typical example, the length is 35 inches, and the width
5 inches. In transverse section the weapon is triangular, the
handle being hollowed out along the line which cprreeponds
to the apex of the triangle. It is ornamented with incised
lines, the pattern being usually a very definite one, composed
of herring-bone or chevron lines or lozenge-shaped spaces.
The grooves are frequently filled in with white pipeclay. The
name most commonly applied to this form, which was very
characteristic of the south-east of the continent, was Mulga;
on the Lower Murray it Avas called Mulgon ; and in Gipps-
land, Marraga. From the Western District of Victoria.
41. From Xew South Wales. 42. From Victoria. 43. From
Victoria ; turned round, so as to show the handle. 44 From
Victoria; showing the band of fur which was often bound
round the handle. (Fig. 7.) 45. From Victoria; taken in
1847 during a fight with the natives of the Avoca tribe, at
Creswick's Water-hole. 46. From Victoria; Avoca tribe.
47. An exceptionally narrow (specimen ; from Victoria.

48, 49, 50. Shields made of heavy wood, somewhat ap-
proaching in shape the Mulga, but not so distinctly triangular
in section. 48. From Kimberley, Western Austral" a. Orna-
mented with incised zig-zag lines, and covered with pijieclay
and red ochre. (Fig. 8) 49. From the Gnurla tribe. Western
Australia; native name, Kurdigi. 50. From Western Ails-
tralia ; ornamented Avith incised lines.

."» I . A fHn'fiiiuMi iiiatif "1 'laiN, iii;i\% \\>MMi, >.iiii> »^ ii.ii
appruachiiig in form the Mulpi. but not so (lisiiiictly trian-
gular in MTtion. Ornanicnti-d all ovrr witji cliippings.
From Xi'W South WaK's.

52, 53. Two si)ooinu>ns madi* out of a hravv wood, closoly
allied to the Mulga, but shorter than the typical examples of
this, with a more convex front face, and with distinctly
rounded ends. One is doforated with a strong design in
black and red, and the other lias no pigment, but is irregularly
grooved all over, lioth are from Victoria.

.')4-6(). A scries very characteristic of Victoria, called
Drunmung. All of them are dosidy similar in form, each
being flat and wedge like. The usual length is about 3.") inches,
and the greatest wi<lth 4 inches. liotli the anterior and
posterior surfaces have the faces inclined at a sharj> angle
to one another. 'I'he handle is cut out of the solid, and the
front face ornamented with incited lines forming herring-
bone patterns, lozenge-shaped patches, iVc, the groovi^s b ing
filled in with white i>ipe<day. .'>.'»-r)7. From (iippsland.
CFig. 9.) 5S. From (iippsland. HO. From Now South
Wales.

61-66. SiK'ciniens from the Cairns aii<l ( ardwdl district,
Queensland. A very distinct typo of massive idiield. made
out of light, soft woofl (Cunagoil tree). The ])rojecting
central boss and bold design in pigment are characteristic
featuri's. In two specimens (0.'», 66) the shield han a very
distinct curve. Xntlve name, IJiggan or Darkur. (Fig. 3.)
67. A hardwood specimen, with a handle somewhat like
that of the Drunmung, but with a rounded front face.
From the Low r Murray Kivcr.

BOOMERANGS. (Case 2.)

The boomerang i.s the most distinctive of the weapons of
the Australian native, and its use dcn's not appear to liave
be<Mi known to the Tann>anians. Tlu'r«' are various forms of
the impleiniMit. .some large and heavy, u.sed at close quarters
for fighting; «)thers for throwing at enemies or game;
and others, which are often called piny boonu'rangs, possess
the charact<'ristic feattire of returning to the throwt-r. There
is a remarkable re.send>lance in general form between that
of a boomerang and the long curved leaves of many gum
tre«\s. Probably the return bfiomerang has not been known
outside the limits of .Vustralia.

The mi.Hsilf is usually more or le-js leaf shaped, and varies
mtich in siz«'. but always coiiriists of a tinttened blade, gene-
rally «piife tint on one sidi- :iiid sliL'litlv ciiiivex mi the utluT.

•20

Mild always more or less curved. 'I'lic property of retunniig
api)ears to .be associated with a sli,<;lit twist, which is pro-
duced during- the manufacture, aud causes the Avoapon when
thrown 1o rotate during its patssage through the air. ^ A
skilful thrower will throw such a boomerang so that during
its flight it will describe first a large curve, then circle round
once or twice, and finally fall at his feet.

The different series exhibited are intended to illustrate the
various forms, and also the possible development from a
fitraight stick of (1) the ordinary curved, flat, fighting
boomerang; (2) the return boomerang; (3) the large doiible-
handed "sword"; and (4) the club-headed structure called
'^lil-lil."

The possible relationship of these various forms of missiles
may be illustrated by the following diagram, the actual
specimens illustrating which are shown in Case 3, Series L.,
and Case 4, Series A : —

Double-handed
" sword."

CuiAcd I'luli-like missile
(Lil-lil).

Beturn Bcomeiana;.

Boonieraiif; with one end
modified for holding.

Boomerang with one end
slightly enlarged.

Ordinary Boomfriuig.
with one face fiat, tlie'otlier often slightly conve.'C.

Curvcil 'I'lnowing Stiek, more flattened from side to sic

Curved Throwing Stiek, elliptical in section.

Curved ThroM'ing Stick, circular in section.

Straight Throwing Stick, circular in section.

TIh' .surfacf of thf huomeranp innv bi« oithcr quite siuootli,
or Ih' oniaiiK'ntiMl on om- or both sido.s with proovt-s, or may
havi« iiu'isi'.l pnttt-riis. tlu" hitt<'r bciiijf mom frn|m'iitly wen
in the ease of many QueetiKhind speeimens.

In many trilie.s, such as those of Central Australia, the use
of the return boomerang is quite unknown, though it is, or
was, found among most eastern an<l southern eoastal triln'S,
and ovfr large areas in Que-nsland ami Western Australia.

In till- Nortliern Territory and interior of Queensland a
remarkable form known as a beaked or hooked boonn-rang is
met with, the blade of whieh r«-sembles that of tin- (»rdinary
form, but is provided with a prominent beak at on«' end.

Skkies a. — Thi.s illustrat s the gradual increase in curve,
starting from No. 1, in which it is widely o|)en, and i)as»^ing
bv gradual degrees to Xo. 24, in which it is most acute. Xo.
2r> is swn edgeways, so as to show the characteristic twist in
the blade of a return boomerang. (Fig. 24.)

1. Bibaparu; from the Boulia di.strict, Queou.sland.

2. Harragan ; Xcw South "\ValtT5.
:?. Kylic; WesH-rn Australia.

4. .">. Harngit ; Victoria.

»)• Wonguim, or return boomerang; Victoria.
7. From (Queensland.

5. Kylie; "Western Australia.
9. It), 11. Barngit; Victoria.

12, 13, 14, l.'>, 10. Wonguim; Victoria.

17. From (Queensland.

IS, 19. Barragan; Xew South Wales.

21, '12, 23. Wr)nguini; Victoria.

24. Wonguim; Wo<'wurong tril;<'. Victoria. (Fig. 14.)
The ordinary 'boomerang flies from right to left. This par-
ticular one is .so made as to fly from left to right. The limbs
are nearly at right angles to one another. The side that is
neant^t to the ground wbiK- it is gyrating is flat and smooth,
th<» upper one bcinc slightly convex.

'27*. Wonguinj; Wocwnrong tribe, Victoria.

Skrikk B. — This illustrates a comparatively small number
of boomerangs, in which thi> two sides are unequal in length.
an<l in which, if the conve.x side be plai'e<l up|)ermost, there
is a sliglit but distin(*t upward b(>nd in the right half.

2(). Harragan; Xew South Wailes.

27. Kvlie; Western Au-fralia.

2?^. Kylie; from tli' KmI'Imlmh ftili- . Wi ••< m An-^f ralia.

20. (^U(N>iisland.

30. Kaw tribe. W. - ...-...;;...

31. Cfuurla tr'le. Western Australia.

Sehies C. — 'I'liis illiistrnlcs a very <-li;ir;ir1cristic scries of
Western Australian hoomerauiis, in wliicli lln' t\yo halves of
the blade are of niieciual leiiiifh, ami in wiiii-li. if the convex
side be placed ii|ii)cniin<t, tlnTc is a sli,<ilit Iml (jistinct up-
ward bend on llic left side. All of tlir six'c'.nicus conic from
Western Anstralia. and arc made out of the wood of an
acacia tree. {:]-2A-2.)

S^vAUKs 1). — A special form of boomerang, known from its
shape as a beaked or hooked boomerang. (Fig. 18.) Found
amongst the Northern Central tribes and in the interior of
Queensland. It is ornamented with a close set of groovee,
which follow the curve of the blade on the convex side, and
on the other arc rough and irregular. It always has a coat-
ing of red ochre. There always a])pears to be a slight, but
clearly marked, projection below the beak on the side from
whieli this arises. It is used for fighting, and, it is said, that
instead of glancing aside when it strikes the object with
which the native being attacked defends himself, the beak
catches upon it. and, as a result, the blade swings round and
.strikes the num. The Aveapon is also used for fighting at
close quarters, and if the beak is hroken off the blade is
trimmed down to f(jrm an ordinary fighting boomerang. It
is made by natives in the northern and north-western interior,
and is traded down to the south of the Macdonnell Ranges.
49. Beak short and broad. 50. Boomerang in course of
manufacture. (Presented hy Professor Spencer and Mr. F.
J. Gillen.)

43-50. From the Warramunga tribe. Central Aui?tralia.

Skries E. — This series (together with Series D) contains
thirteen typical forms of boomerangs from various parts of
Australia.

51. A fighting boomerang, characterized by a sharp curve
at one end; Queensland. (Fig. 20.)

52. A Wonguim, or return boomerang; Victoria. (Fig. 21.)

53. An ornamented boomerang, showing the flat side;
Western Australia. (Fig. 22.)

54. A special form called Quiriang-an-wun, with one end
modified; used either for fighting or for throwing; Victoria.
(Fig. 17.)

55. A fighting boomei'ang, characteristic of C^entral Aus-
tralian tribes. (Fig. 12.)

56. A Barngit, or fighting boomerang, Victoria. (Fig. 13.)

57. An ornamented boomerang, with a Avide, open, sym-
metrical curve, and a distinct thickening in the centre. (Fig.
25.)

PLATE 3.

r,tH)\ili< \V^>

;,s. ,\ .._..;..,_ :.ui;:, \V.iiif;ala. oniaiiuMitf<l witli rvd

ochre; Tort Mat-kay. QiUH-nslaml. ( Kig. 19.)

59. Kvlii\ or W«st«rii Australian rrturn hooim-rnng. (Fig.

26.)

00. A Barracan. <»r rtfuni IxtMnicran;;; .\'<\v South \\ ah'S.

(!•'»?• 11.) . , ,

«)1. .V titrhtiii;; huoiiu-ranir. with rMujrh siirlacc and hotli

eiuls whitrnnl; Maiarthur Kivtr, (iulf <if ( 'ar]»cniaria.
62, 63. A sju'cial form of phiv lioonu'ranj; in the form of a

crons. calh'd S'alma; Northern C^in-enshmd.

Skimks F. — A series from various parts of .Vustralia. in
which the curve is a symmi-trical one, and in whicli tliere js
a Icnth-ney to a thiekeniuf: of the hhuh* in the centre, t-n as
to product' an angh- in the middh' of the convex edge.

64, 65, 66. From North Queen.shmd and Gulf of rarj)en-
taria di.strict.

67. From Queenshin<l.

OS. Wongnim; Western Distri.-t, Vii-mria.

♦»!». From (^utH^nsland.

70. From Hurdckin Kivcr, (^iit-t-nshind.

71. Hoomerang madi* of darrah, and ornamented with
pigment; East Kimln-rh-y, Wtsti-ni .\nstralia.

72. From Norman River, (iulf of ('ar|»entaria.

73. IJarragan, or n-turn hoomerang; New South "Wales.

Skkiks (i. — Illustrating the transition from a hoomerang
with a wi(h', open curve and tin* two sides symmetrical to
one with a fiharjH'r curve and a distin<'t asymmetry of tin-
sides. All of the spei'imens are groove<l on the convex
RUrfncf and red ochred.

74. P'rom the Arunta trihe. Central .\u>;tralia.

75. From the Luritjn trihe, Central Australia.

76. 7H, SO, si. From the .Vrunta trihe. Central Austnilia.

77. From the Hiiddnga trihe, Macarthur River, Xorth.rn
Territory.

71>. From the Kaitisli trihe, liarrow Creek, .\orihern
Territory.

82. From the Kaitish trihe, Harrow CriM'k, Northern
Territory.

S3, From North-we.st (^ui-ensland.

.84, S5. From the Artinta trihe. Central Au-iralia.

S6, 87, H8. From the Kaitish trihe. Harrow Cre<'k.
Xorthi-rn Territory.

89. From the (iranada di.itrict. North-West (^lUHMiriland.

00. From the Kaitish trihe, liarrow Cr«M'k, Northern
T<-rriti>rv.

91, 92. From flic Ai-uiita trilic, Alice Sprin.as. Xortliorn
Territory.

93. From Xorth-west Qucciislancl.

94. From tlio Kaitisli tribo, Barrow Crock, Xnrtlicrn
Territory.

95. From the l)iiiliiii_«ia tribe, Macartlnir iiivci-, Xurtlicni
Territory. (77-!»,") ]»rcs(Mitc(l l)v I'rofessor Spencer and Mr.
F. J. Gillen.)

Series H. — Illustrating the transition from a boomerang
with a wide, open curve and the two sides symmetrical to
one with a sharper curve and a distinct asymmetry of the
sides. All of the specimens are smooth and red oehred. (The
distinction between this and the previous series lies in the
presence in the one, and absence in the other, of grooves.)

96. From the Xorman River, Queensland.

97. 98, 99, 100, 101. From the Ayr district, Burdekin
Kiver, Queensland.

102. Wongal; from Cardwell, Queensland.

103, 104," lOf). From the Ayr district, Burdekin Kiver,
Queensland.

Series I. — ^These specimens (106-112) illustrate the ex-
treme development of the boomerang, so far as size is con-
cerned. There are all intermediate sizes between these, which
are too heavy to be thrown by one hand, and the ordinary
fighting boomerang. One end of these large forms is usually
roughened, so as to assist in holding it, and the weapon is
used for fighting at close quarters. In some instances they
are ornamented with incised patterns. All these epecimens
pome from Central Australia from the Arunta tribe. (Fig.
27.)

BOOMERANGS. (Case 3.)

Series J. axd K. — These two series (113-129), one of
which (J) contains grooved, and the other (K) smooth
specimens, are, so far as form is concerned, closely fiimilar to
the series G and H (Case 3), and illustrate the transition
from a boomerang with a wide, open curve and symmetrical
sides to one with a sharper curve and asymmetrical rjides ; but
they differ from the latter in the absence of the red ochre
decoration, which is a characteristic feature of the weapons
of certain parts. All the specimens, with one or two doubt-
ful cases, come from Queensland. (Fig. 23.)

Series L. — This series (130-145) illustrates the possible
development of (1) the weapon called a Quiriang-an-^vun

from a loomerang. and, further, the development from the

laitrr ..t til.- u.ajM.ii calif*! the Lil-lil. Starling from an
oriliiiarv Hj;litiiig booiiifraiij? (130), and pussinj; ui>\var<ls. it
will U'sivn that one ond iM-fomes. first of all, turm-d sliplitly
up. and tlu'n fnlarpfd until tlu* Quirianj;-an-wun is r<-a<-h<-d
(139). Still further devrloMinont of the enlarged etid leads
to the Lil-lil, in whieh the han.Ue still nf.iit!-^ tli.« rurve of
the boonierantr, and the somewhat el head is

flattened out, beeoming, li.iu.\.i. more - n the ter-

uiimil one of the series.

130, 131. Two sp.eim.i.- ..i ,,.- l.amgit; Victoria.

132, 133. Two siuvimens of the liarragan; Xcw South
Wales.

134, 13.'>. Two specimens of the Barngit; Vietoria.
13(5. Barragan; New South Wales.

137. (^uiriang-an-wun; Vietoria. (Fig. 10.)

135. A New South Wales weapon, similar in shape to the
fornu'r.

13!». (^uiriang-aii-unin; Victoria.

140. A Queensland weapon, similar in .shape to the hil-lil.
ornamented on one »;ide with incised lines crossing each other
.so as to produce a lozenge-shaped i)attern. Kockinghani Hay.
Queensland.

J41. Lil-lil. The broad end is marked witii incised lities,
which are said to represent a lagoon occupied bv the tribe
to which the owner bcdonged. The thickest part of the
wi'apon (the centre of the blade) only measures half an inch.
It is smoothed down to a thin edge, and weighs 14 ounces.
(Fig. Ifi.)

142, 143. In th«tse two weapons the shape is much the
.same as that of the Lil-lil, but tin* head becomes more swollen
and dub-like.

144, 14.*. Missile sticks. (Jurba; Murrumbidgee Kiver. New
South Wales.

Skkiks M. — 1 ( 1I6-1S6) illustrntcN van.'u* lorms

of ornamenteil u'»*. Ij» many cases the surface of

the boomerang i> eith< r <piite smooth, or, as in 123, 12.'>, it
may be Huted; or, again, in rare cases, it mnv hr rnvrrnd
with c|os<'-set chippings. In a large nu

surface is ornamental with an incis<-.l t, i

varies to a considerable extent, but ;i < l>e geiurally

geometrical, and, more rarely, 7.oonioi{'Mi< <>i phytomorphic.
The series here exhibited will nen*e to illustrate the ceneral
nature of the pattern, which
and coh-iisf-* of i-<iMi'''fi»ri''. -

•!<*ries r»f rll"
as to have n

to whether the patterns have any definite meaning; hut in the
ease of some, certain of them are said to repri'isent mountain-
tops ; others, fokled fisliing nets ; and others, leaves, &'c.
These ornamented boomerangs are met with cspeeially in
the more north-eastern parts of the continent, though they
are traded over long distances, and examples made in Queens-
land may he met wirli in tlie soutlicni parts of Central
Australia.

146. Dynovor Downs. Queensland. Xatlve name, AVongal.

147. Queensland.

148. Sturt's Depot, ISTew South Wales. Presented hv Eev.
Wm. AVehster.

149. Rockingham Bay, Queensland.

150. Cooper's Creek, Queensland.

151. Sturt's Depot, ]^ew South Wales. Presented by Rev.
Wm. Webster.

152. Charleville, Queensland.

153. Dynevor Downs, Queensland.

154. Queensland.

155. Boulia, Queensland. Xative name, Bibnhnru.

156. 157, 158, 159. Etheridge and Flinders Rivers, Queen.s-
land.

160. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

161. Central Australia.

162. Boulia, Queensland.

163. 164. iSTear Broome, Xorth-west Australia.

165. iSTgurla tribe, Western Australia; ornamented Avitli
fine chippings.

166, 167, 168, 169. Dynevor Downs, Queensland. TS'ative
name, Wongal.

170, 171. l^orth-east coast, Queensland

172. Queensland.

173. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

174. JSTormanton, Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland

175. A specimen with coarse and fine grooving. Camoo-
weal. Central Queensland.

176. Grooved specimen; Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

177. Grooved specimen; Kaitish tribe, Barrow Creek,
Central Australia.

178. 179. Warramunga tribe, Tennant Creek, Central Aus-
tralia.

180, 181, 182, 183. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

184. Warramunga tribe, Tennant Creek, Central Aus-
tralia.

185. Lake Frome, South Australia.

186. Wilpena Creek, South Australia.

-'■»<>-' — 3

PLATE 4.

DEVELOPMENT OF BOOMERANG FROM THROWING STICK.

BOOMERANGS AND CLUBS. (Ca«e 4.)

Skrik.^ a. 1.. Mi.i- u: rjir • Hit ii,>, iiicluilin^ I-l.'i. is
intended to show the transition from un ordinury throwing
stick to a booniening, and from this to a large, douhle-)iaii<ied
weapon comnionly iloscribed as a sword. Starting at the
lowest we have a roiiirh, erooked stick, the simjdest fi»nii of
missih'; immediately ahove this in a straight and more rare-
fuUy made stiek, and this is folK»wed hy one in whieli tlu're
is an open symmetrieal curve. In 4 the stiek is not «»nly
curveti as to appro.\imate in shape to a 'boomerang, but also,
while retaining a more or less rounded form, .shown a distinct
trace of Hattening, and forms a very clearly marked transi-
tion betw«>en a curved throwing stick and an ordinary fight-
ing boomerang, such as is seen in fi. In 7 there is sliown a
boonuTang in which one eml is rougheiierj so as to form a
handle; and in >>, while the general form of the boomerang
is clearly retaiiie<l, one end is definitely shaix-d into a handle.
and leads on easily to 5', in which is seen a small curved
swortl. The diflFcrencc between this and 10 and 11 is merely
one of size; and in the four upper specimejis are seen
examples in which the curved form is lost, and in which the
handle becoraoe somewhat more sharply mark«d oflf fnun the
blade.

1. A Dowak, or throwing stick. Wonunda-minung tribo.
Western Australia. (Fig. 28.)

2. A nH»n' carefully shaped Dowak. Chiangwa tribe.
Western Australia. (Fig. 29.)

•T. A I'urved throwing stick called C'hingona; from (tntral
Australia. (Fig. 30.)

4. A cuned throwing .stick, showing much the .same amount
of curvature as nmny of the fiehting boomerangs. Central
Australia. (Fig. 31.)

5. A curved throwing stick, the verv distinct flattening i>f
which .*hows an unmistakable transition to n boomerang.
Central Aiisiralia. (Fig. 32.)

6. A fighting booni' lari' • from Ciiitral Aii»'!Mlii (Fig.
33.)

7. .\n ordinary fi;;iiMr!;^ I'oonieraiig of the .Vriinta tribe.
Central .\ustralia. (Fig. 34.)

S. A liittergan, or wooden sword, ('vidcntly modelled on a
heavy fightinc boomerang, with one end modified to form a
handle: length. 3.'> inches; weight, 41 ounces. Mackay,
Queeiisland. ( P'ig. 3r>.)

9. A wooden sword; from North Australia. (Fig. 30.)

10, 11. Two large swords from the Cairns and Cardwell
districts, Qm-.n^l.ind. ^FIl' .T7 "^

12. A srrniii'lit sword with :i soiiicwlKif loii^' liaiidlc. Xortli
Anstrnliu. ( Fii>'. .'5S.)

l.'M.-). Three large swords t'l-oiii Xoi'lh Anslnili;i ;iiid Cnrd-
widl, Queensland.

Skkiks B. — Specimens of a specinl I'onii of clul) or wa.ddy,
ciIKmI ill Gippsland Kul-liik. iind on the Murray Kivcr Bir-
hi'u. (Fig. 40.) Tills weapon somewhat resembles a
wooden sword Ui<(-i\ hy north-east and northern tribes, and has
a distinct boomerang-like curve. The handle is marked with
deeply incised lines arranged in various ways. The w^eapon
is made of lieavy, dark wood, and was used as a clul) for
fighting.

16-22. Victoi'ia. 23. Xorthern Territory.

Series C. — Long clubs.

24. From the Ngurla tribe, Roeburn, AVestern Australia.
Ornamented with zig-zag lines, and with a handle made of a
lump of Grass-tree resin.

25.28. Four specimiens from the Alligator River district
and Port Essington, North Australia, in which, especially in
26, the handle end shows a curious concavity. The blade
may be ornamented with designs formed of red, white, and
yellow lines. Kakadu tribe, Alligator River, Northern Ter-
ritory. Native name, Periperiu.

29. Club made by the lAvaidji tribe, Coburg Peninsula,
Northern Territory. Native name, Mabobo or Mapupu.

30. Club made by the Kulungliitji tribe, Alligator River
district. Northern Territory. Native name, Wakerti. (28,
29^ 30 presented by Professor Spencer.)

Series D. — This series illustrates the common forms of
fighting sticks and clubs, some of which are thrown, while
others are more frequently used in hand-to-hand encounters.
The simplest form is merely a stick without any special head
or handle, and was used both for digging and throwing; the
more developed forms, commonly known as waddies or
Nulla-nullas, have swollen nr knobbed heads, and often a
part modified to serve as a handle. The chief variations are
represented by the following: — (1) A stick with one end
roughened so as to afford a good gri]i, but Avitli no definite
head (52, 53, 54, 56.) (2) A form common to Victoria
and New South Wales, characterized by a distinctly swollen
head, which was sometimes strongly, sometimes slightly,
marked, and by a handle cut so as roughly to represent a
cone; in some cases the head was much more pointed than
in others, and the weapon was apparently used both for
throwins; and in hand-to-hand encounters. Sometimes the

PL.\TE 5.

CLUBS.

bodv uf the club , ;...;_. ,v.., , .j , ^ mii.^. ilu,

extromo forms of which iliffcr very much from oiu- Hn«)thcr,
but which are united by a connecting scri.-s of intermediate
forms. The most characteristic feature of thes is that the
head, if present, is not sharply marke.l off from thi- bo<ly .)f
the chib. but is fornuHl as a gradual swelling, which mav be
relatively of great size in proportion to the length of* the
weapon. Tlu. extreme form of this series is se<>n in the
uppermost specimens (4I>-.-il). which are examples of a
form called Kudgi-rong by the natives of the Yarra district.
As in these specimens, the swollen heiul nuiy be decorated
with geometrical designs.

31, :\2. Victoria. (Fig. 55.)

3li. X«'W Soutii Wales.

34. "West Qucnsland.

3.*.. Ivonia and Mitchell districts, Queensland.

3G. rpper lii'Iyando Itiver, Queensland.

37. Koma and Mitchell districts, Queensland

38, 39. Queensland.

40. Xormanron, (Queensland. (Fig. 57.)

41. Victoria.

42. New South Wales.

43. Victoria. ( Fig. 41.)

44. J^outii Australia.

45-53. Various forms of Kudgerong from Victoria
(Figs. 39, 42.)

5-J. Victoria. ( Fig, 49.)

55. Tasmania.

56; Western Australia.

57-59. Simph- forms of sticks, used partly for throwing
and partly for <ligging. Victoria. (Fig. Gl.)

60. .Vulhi-nulla. Xew South Wales.

61. Throwing stick. Xew South Wales.

62. Throwing aibl digging stick. Victoria.

63. Throwing .stick. Xew South Wale., i i ig. tiU.;

64. Throwine stick. Victoria.

er,, 66. Two V • • W worras. d with ;>

groove along ea. . . an.l pi ith ImMi.-

of resin at the iiai.dli i nd. Vii-ioria. (Fig. ...• .

67. I)owak, or throwing *fi.k; ^fimn.r rr ., \V
Australia. ( Fig. 45,)

6s. Waddv. Victoria.

69. Waddy. South Australia.

70. Woe-wurong tribe. Victoria.

71. Waddy; nun-wun.ng iribe. Wesiernporf. (Fig. .•i7.)

72. W«M'-wurong tribe, Victoria.

73. Waddy. Victoria. (Fig. 47.)

:}0

74. Curved waddy with cone-shnix'd liniidlc Victmin.

75. Wiiddy. Victoria.

76. Worra-worra. Victoria.

77. 7S. Two Kouiuig-s. Victoria.

79. Worra-worra; AVoe-wuroiiii- tribe, Victoria. (Pre-
sented by Mr. F. McCubbin.)

80. Worra-worra. Mordialloc, Victoria. (Fig. 53.)

81. New South Wales.

82. 83. iSoutli Australia. (Presented by Professor
S])ei)cer.)

CLUBS. (Case 5.)

Series A. — This illustrates various forms of the club
which was called in Victoria a Leonile. It was used in
hand-to-hand fights, when the combatants protected them-
selves with a narrow form of shield called a Mulga. It was
made out of a sapling, an,d the root end was utiliz; d for the
head.

1, 2, ;], 4. (Uubs shaped somewhat like Leoniles. From
Queensland.

5. A club shaped like a Leonile, but broader and Hatter.
(Fig. 56.) It is ornamented with a band on one side, wliii-h
ds filled in with incised lines. From Mackay, Queensland.

6. A somewhat similar weapon. From Mackay, Queens-
land.

7-12. A series of Leoniles showing slight variations in
shape, but all agreeing in fundamental form. The handle
is a swollen knob, rudely carved, and the head resembles in
shape that of a pickaxe. All the specimens come from Vic-
toria.

13. A more highly finished weapon of the same form.
From Queensland. (Fig. 54.)

14. A specimen in which the head is of considerable length,
and tbe handle end is devoid of the swollen knob. From
Victoria. (Fig. 50.)

15. A weapon somewhat resembling the Leonile, but Avith a
very short double-pointed head. From Victoria. (Fig. 58.)

Series B. — Weapons icalled Dowaks, used as missile sticks.
One end is modified so as to form a handle, there being usually
present at this end a large lump of resin. Into the latter
there is often fixed a chipped piece of quartzite, and when
this is present the weapon is called a Dabba (see small case
of cutting implements). All of these specimens come from
Western Australia, and a very similar one is found amongst

many Ct'iitral Australian rrih.-s, though among-'
alway"< !»"•* atiuchtvl quartzite tl.

for I'utting.

16-IS. Siurimens without the hump of rrsin at tlio hamllf
v\h\, thf hitter bring nuighiMU'd so as to afford a goo<l ' ' '
(Fig. 64.)

ll>-24. SiHrinu-ns with tin- liiinp ot rc^jiu forming t;i •
handU'. ( Fig. till.)

S::kik.s ('. — This contains various forms of clubs from «lif-
ftrent parts of the continent.

'2o. A spiH'imeii miuK' of heavy, dark wood, with a head of
a very unusual shap •. It is said to come from New South
Wah'S.

26-27. Two clubs or waddics, which in shape are somewhat
similar to a Lil-lil with a nnndi swollen head. New S '-'l-
Wales.

•2>. A waddy, showijig, perhaps, an exaggerated form ••:
the swollen head «nd, as seen in the two former. ( Fig. r>2. )

20. A Xulla-nulla from Victoria, witii a slightly curved
handle ornanM-ntid with incisivl lines. Victoria. ( Fisr. 44.)

;5<>. From llergott Springs, Central Austr:dia.

:;i. From Kyre Peninsula, South Australia.

:J2. From Lake Frome, South Australia.

:J3. a club in which the head end is not sharpiv I^;lI^ d
off from the handle, ornamented with pigment, ("anlwidl,
Qu(>ensland. Native name, I'rgala.

34. A elub from New South Wales, in which the gradually
enlarging head « iid has one shari) <vlge.

3.'>. W..n,!in\ fi-jntiliL' i-lllll. I )i:iIli:iIltiM!l KiviT. (^\lc IIS-

land.

37-3S, Two specimens of the Kunin or Konnung. Kuniai
tribe. Victoria.

3I». .\n implement with tin- handle end roughly carv.d. I'
could be eith r used as a digging stick, for which purpose the
point is flat and sharp, or as a missile stick. Victoria.

40. Throwing .stick with notched end. Que<>nslaiid.

41. .\ ijonblc-pointcd Xulla-nulla. Mackay, (^uwuslaml.
Xaiivi- name, Miro. ( Fig. 62.)

42. .V Kudjerong, ornnmented with incised linos. Vict«»ria.
Fig. 43.)

13. Throwing stick with knobbed end. Darling Hiver,
Xew South Wales.

44. Club or throwing stick witli roundetl, knubb«>l • ".1
York Peninsula, South Australia.

•ij. dub witli hiriic, sliai'piv iiiarkccl-oir head. J.owcr Mur-
ray Eivor, South Australia.

46. A waddy in which the handle is plain and the head is
somewhat, but not so plainly, marked off from the handle as
in the two succeeding ones. Xew South Wales. (Fig. 46.)

47-48. Two specimens of a club callod Yeamberrn in which
the head is very sharply marked oft" from th ■ handle, and
the end of the latter is carved, and in Xo. 47 knobbed.
(Fig. 48.)

49. Club, handle grooved; head intermediate in form be-
tween iSTos. 44 and 45. South Australia.

50-53. Four specimens in which, at a short distance from
the head end, there is a swollen cylindrical part, the surface
of which is carved so as to form a regularly arranged series
of tooth-like projections. These are not so prominent in Xo.
50 as in the other two, and occupy a relatively still smaller
space in Xo. 53. Queensland. (Fig. 66.)

54. A double-pointed club with teeth on two sides of the
head end. The handl? is roughly incised to help in grasping
if, and the Aveapon is coloured red and Avhito. Mackay,
(Queensland. X'ative name, Mattina. (Fig. 67.)

Series D. — 55-60. Five specimens of weapons used as
fighting clubs by women, and in the cast of Xo. 60 as a dig-
ging implement also. 55. From the Warramunga tribe,
Central Australia. 56. Warramunga tribe. Central Australia.
(Fig. 65.) 57 is from the Eaw tribe, Xorthampton, Western
Australia. 58. From the Macarthur River, Xorthern Terri-
tory. 59. From the Macarthur River, Xorthern Territory.
60. From the Whajook and Ballardon tribe. Western Aus-
tralia; native name. Wanna. 61. Used as a grub stick or
bark stripper; Victoria.

Series E. — Various forms of throwing sticks and clubs
from Melville and Bathurst Islands. They are quite unlike
any met with on the mainland, both in form and scheme of
decoration.

62-86. The handle end, which is upj^ermost in each case,
is clearly marked in most of the specimens. 63 has a pronged
end, and is probably used also for throwing. 67 is a special
form, callc-id Arrawunagiri on Melville Island. The natives
say that it is used for catchijig fish in the mangroves. The
man sits on the tree and jabs it down on a passing fish. The
barbs are merely ornamental, and copied from those on the
spears, to which they are exactly similar. Traces of barbs
are seen on 70, 72, and 73. 69-73 and 84-86 are pronged like
some of the throwing sticks, but the prong is at the handle
end.

PLNTF. 6

\^>

\im\]

/L,

l^Si^^

CLLIii.

.13

76-*»3. A scries of prmigrd tlirowing sticks oalli'il .lapurii-
ruiiga. (Figs. 69-70.) T.'i. Showing an interesting inter-
mediate form betwcH'n a tI'>-.>' ;•■/ ~^'<-k l ■■ .l..i!t.l.-i.i-,,t.'_"-l

spear (see Spear Case).

vS7-103. A series of iiiiiir«>ii^.-.i Mir.ium^ .>iii-k«. I in-
simpler ones (S7-m) are straight or slightly ciirvj'd missih"*
with tlu'ir surfnt-e distinctly Huicd, and a swollen head end.
l»5, no. iind I»7 arc straight, with tinted surface and a short
point rising abruptly fri»in the truni'atcd hea.l en<l. 1)h, 99.
and 100 haw- longer, tapering points, and ItH) has also slight
serrations on each side of the swollen head, leading on to 101
in which the serrations are strongly marked, and 102 in which
there are serrations on one sidi* and barhs on the othr.
103 may he reganled as a special mollHcatiiMi, in which the
original swidlen hi-ad is dehnitely mark(-d ntT from the rt»st
i>f the club, and the point is long drawn out. (Figs. 71-79.)

(Sj>eeimens »L'-10;5 prc-ented by l*n»fessnr Spcncc'r. )

SPEARS. (Case 6.)

Ill- >p<-;ir> ii-ii'<l i»y iiic ii;iii\<-> \;ir\ imii-ii in i«i|-m ami iii
the material used in their construction in different parts of
the continent. TIm-v may be divided roughly into the follow-
ing series*: —

.\. rnbarbed and unhafted. The.se arc made out of a
single piece of wortd. and terminate in a singl-.*
jtoint without anything in the way of a barb. 1.
Hunting spear; Cliiangwa tribe. Western Austra-
lia. l.\. Tasmania; prcS<Miteil by the Tasmanian
Museum. 2. .V hunting spear for throwing with
the spear throwj-r; native name, Jiilara; Whajuk
and Hallardong trilw-s, Western Australia. 3.
Wonunda-minung tribe, Western Australia. 4.
W<M-wurong tribe; Victorian name, K(»yung. .'>.
Wonunda-minuni; tribe. Western .Vustralia; for
throwing with tin- sjM'ar thrower. 0. Kardagur
tribe. West -rn .Vustralia; for throwing with the
spj'ar thrower. 7. Hunting spear; .Vustralia. 8.
()rnamented witli incised lines; Arunta trib--,
{.'entral Australia. 9. WesUTu Australia. 10.
Arunta tribe. Central Australia. 11. A
very heavy, solid .specimen, probably madi- from
the wood of the " «lesert »»ak " ; Arunta iriln',
< ral Auiitralin. 12. Sp> in which, as in

V ■ l*|an<l« ar- '^i •hffprrnt In •Ur. tortu.

•n ' >t (hry lM\r not Ucrn Inrtudni In thU

3-t

the next two also, the blade cud is tlattciicd ; tlie
shaft is oniaiiH'Utcd with loiiiiitudiiial Hutiugs;
Aniiita tribe. Central Australia. 1.'). A heavy
speeiiiien made of Miilg-a, and I's d during cere-
monies, when it is decorated with birds' down,
(tc; Aruiila tribe, Central Australia. 14. A
speciiiien in which the blaih- is still mure broad-
ened; Aruntu tribe, Central Australia, l-i-v, l-is.
Barrow Creek, Central Australia; presented by
Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen. 15.
Woman's fighting stick, which is also used for
digging, and may occasionally be thrown like a
spear ; native name. Wanna ; AVonunda-minung
tribe; Western Australia. 15a, 15b. Macarthur
River, JSTorthern Territory (presented by Pro-
fessor Speueer and Mr. F. J. Gillen).
B. Ihrbarbed and hafted. These may be again divided
into two sets, in the first of which (16-24) the
weapon is rounded along the whole length, while
in the second the blade is flattened (25, 26). In
the first of these two sets again two forms may be
distinguished; in the one (16-19) the head is
short and the shaft Ls long; in the other (20-24)
the head is long and the shaft is short. 16. .A
specimen with light reed shaft, Avith a lieavier
Avooden head, used for throwing with a spear
thrower; Victoria. 17, 18, 19. Specimens with a
light reed ishaft and a heavier wooden head, used
for throwing with the spear thrower; Xorthern
Australia. 20. Fighting spear; native name,
I^iero; Chiangwa tribe, Western Australia. 21.
Hunting spear, made of three kinds of wood; a
short, light handle, a longer shaft, and a heavier
head; I^orthern Australia. 22. Fighting spear;
native name, Kiero; ChiangAva tribe, Western
Australia. 23. Fishing t^pear; Western Aus-
tralia. 24. Fighting spear; Western Australia.
24a, 24b, 24c. Short fighting spears used by
many tribes in the ]Srorthern Territory. They are
made of a reed shaft, with a sharp heavy wood
point, and are used with the spear thrower. The
Kakadu tribe call them Kunjolio. 25. Hunting
and fighting spear, with the shaft fluted and the
head flattened and attached by kangaroo sinew;
Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 26. Spear made
princijially of ]\rulga ; the handle is short and the
shaft long; used for throwing Avith the spear

thrower; total kMiptli. 10 ft. li in. 2(5.\. Shav-
iiigs are left attaclinl as an intlication tliat tin-
spiar is to lio ns«'<l for killing; sonn* one l»v an
nvi'npinjj party; Arunta tribf, Ccnlral Ansjralia
(presontttl by Profrssor SpiMuH'r Hn<l Mr. F. .1.
Gillon). 26u. Similar to the stono-hcade*! typo,
with h«"i(l of wood; Alligator II • • ^: ■••';■■!
Territory.

(.'. IJarlii'd ami s"ntrh' prongrd. with the bart..- atta.li<<l
to the Made l»y .sinew or strinjr, or one or other of
these, toiretlh-r with resin. These, ajrain. inav ho
divided first int<i two sets, in one of whieh
(2T-:U) the head is ronndt-d like the shaft, while
in the other the head is flattened. The first lot
may he divided fnrtlu-r into two groups, in one of
whieh (27-:?0) the handle is hafted, and the
harh is made of hone; while in the si-eoiul the
haiidh' U not hafted and the harh is niaile of
wood. 21-20. Speeimens from Xew South "Wales,
in which the lionc is fixed so as to form tin* ])oint
of the prong as w<'ll as the harh. 31-34. Sjx'oi-
mons from Western Australia, with a hroad. flat,
wooden harh. 3.'). Spec:men witlj a blade made
of ^Iiiltra. and with a flattened head. Arunta
tribe, Central Australia.

1). liarbed, witli more than one ]>rong. •■'<'!. rhi'-e
pronged, with separate bone barbs and ]»oints;
locality unknown. 3fi.\. Four pronged, with the
bone fixed so as to form the point of the ))rong
afi well as the barb; collected at Xormanton, but
probably brojight in from the west coast of tho
fJulf of Carpentaria. (Pn-setf! '• |»- < -,r
.Spencer and Mr. F. J. Ciillen

K. IJarbed. with the barbs cut out ui tin- .-m^Ii.I ; iiot
hafted. 37. Specimen with a single barb; native
name, Koyun ; Victoria. 3Sr42. Multi-barbed
speeimen-»; the nundier of liarbs varies from C to
IS; Victoria. 43-4.'». Throe siK>eimens from
Western Australia; Minderu tribe. 46.4". Two
hpjH'imens from the Northern Territory.

F, Harbe*!. with the barbs etit out of the solid; hafte«|;
the barbs on one side of the lu'ad oidy. 4**.
Specimen with hafted heail and handle, and with
only one barb; Majanna tribe. Western Austral a.
4{», .10. Two s|M>eiinens with heavy wood shafts;
Xiehol FJny. Western Australia. 51. Specimen
with light reed shaft; Xew South Wales. '»2, 53.

Two spcciiiicns with licavy wood idmlts; Xoi'tli-
prii Territory. r)4-r)!).M. A series of specimens
very clinrjicteristic of the N'orthcrn Territory,
witii lii^lit reed shafts. 59c-59m. Macarthur
Iviver, iXortherii Territory (presented by Pro-
fessor S]iencer and ]\Ir. V. J. Gillen). ."iOo. A
s])eeial form in Avhicli tlie harhs have not been
cut through. This is made by tribets sueh as the
Xuhmolntji, living to the east of tlic Alligntor
Ivivers, and is ealled Mikul by them.
(i. IJiirhed on two sides; not hafted; bhidc :n;itrencd.
60. Fighting spear; iXorthern Territory. 61.
Figliting spear; native name, Mongoli; Victoria.
62. Specimen from Indern tribe, Ashburton
Kiver, Western Australia. 6-1:. Specimen from
Korthern Teri'itory.

H. Barbed on both sides; head hafted. 65. Specimen
from I^ichol Bay, Western Australia. 66-68k.
Specimens from Northern Territory. 6Sa. Bin-
binga tribe, Macarthur Kiver, N^orthern Territory
(presented bv Professor Spencer and ]\Ir. F. .1.
Gillen).

K. Barbed on more than two sides; head not liafted.
60, 71, 72. Specimens from Western Australia.

L. Barbed on more than two sides; hafted. 70, 72. \.
Specimens from N'orthern Territory. 73, 74.
Two specimens from Western Australia.

SPEARS. (Case 7.)

M. Two-pronged ispears. jXot hafted. This is a very
rare form on the mainland, but is met witli more
often in Melville and Bathurst Islands (Case 8,
IXo. 51). There are no harbb. 75. liorthern
Territory,

N". Two-pronged spears. Hafted. The prongs are
barbed, Avitli the ibarbs on opposite sides. 76.
From the Nortliern Territory. 77. From the
Macarthur River, IM'orthern Territory (presented
by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen).

(). Multi-pronged spears. 78-82. From the Northern
Territory, of which district they are very
characteristic ; each of tliem has three prongs,
and the shaft made from a light reed. 82a.
Poughly made specimen, with four prongs, used
for spearing eels; ISTorth Quetmsland.

:i7

P. Single stoiie-hcatlfd npeurs. Tin— • divided

into two groups: — (1) Those whi-ii are Ik/
and (2) tliose wliieh are not liafted. S3. I
the Xortliern Territory, with a <inartzite J»ia*l.
S4. From tl»e same locality, with a long n^vl
handle and a qnartzite head. sr>. From Xorthmi
Territ«»ry; the (juartzite head is distinctly
chipped. SG. From Northern Territory. 87.
From Northern T<rritory, with a slate head; this
specimen has li«'«'n tradi-d down to far sontli of
tlic Macd.innell Kange. S7a. Xln. With (piartzite
heads. Northern Territory. Hie. Decorated
qnartzite head; Tennant Creek, Northern Terri-
tory (presented by Proftssor Spencer and Mr.
F. J. (fillen). H7r>. Head of <piartz; Alligator
Kiver. Northern Territory. S.s, .s9. With heads
of qnartzite; Fast Kimherley, Western Australia,
no, [*'2. 'Xi, !I4, f»."). Wen* secured amongst tli '
natives of the Arunta trii>e, having come down
from the north, and are of interest owing to the
fact that they were reputed to have Ix'en cndowj'd
with magic power hy the men of the tr he to
which they originally belonged; the slightest
wound caused by them was much dreaded, as
being tMire to be followe<l by fatal results (pre-
sented by I'rofj'ssor Spencer and Mr. F. .7.
Gillen). IM. Slate head; Northern Territory.
ni.\. niH. ftl«-. Heads of (piartzite; Macarihur
Kiver, Northern Territory (presented bv Pro-
fessor Spencer and Mr. F. J. (JiUen). 1».'5.\. !»:iii.
Heads of opaline quartz and Hint; Tennant
Creek, Central -Vnstralia (presented by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iillen). !>.'{«•. Head of
qnartzite; Macarthur Kiver, Northern Territory
(presented by I'rot'essor Spt-ncer an<l Mr. F. J.
(;ill<ii). O.'.A. Hea<l of tlint; Daly Kiver. North-
ern r»'rrifory. !»."»». Head of (piartzite; Tennant
Creek, Central .\n«*tralia (|)resent«Hl liy Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iillen). !»6. A specimen
showing the replacement of the original (piartzite
by gla.ss. In many case.s at the present .1 iv -1 iss
bottles are used in i»reforeiiee to ston*

(). .Multiple stone-headed s|M'ars. These may I" 'l;\iiie»l
into three grouin: — (1) Those with Hakes on one
side only, (2) those with Hakes on two side-*, and
(3) those with Hakes on three sides. 1)7. Sp<«ei-
inon with seventeen flakes, arranged in a single
2862.-4

row; Kardigur tribe, Eunbury, "Western Aus-
tralia. 98. S])eciiiion from Western Australia;
the original quartzite has been replaced by glass.
100. Sj)eeinien from the Whajnk and Ballardong
tribes, York distriet, Western Australia; the
flakes are arranged along three linos. 101. S])eci-
nion with the flakes arranged along two lines, and
with the long shaft ornamented.

R. Single-pronged, hafted, bone-tipped spear. _ 102.
Tijiped with kangaroo bone, called Jiboru;
Kakadu tribe, East Alligator Eiver, Northern
Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

S. Four-])ronged, hafted, bone-tipped spears. There are
two typets of these; in each the four prongs are
inserted in a reed shaft, the prongs being made to
diverge by means of small rolls of " paper-bark ''
placed between their proximal ends which, fn\-
closed in the reed shaft, are bound round with
string. In the first the reed shaft is very short,
and in the second it is long. 105, 106. 107. Short-
handled; native name, Kujorju; Kakadu tribe.
East Alligator River, Northern Territory. 108.
Long-handled ; native name, Kunbarta ; Kakadu
tribe, Northern Territory. (105-108 presented by
Professor Spencer.)

T. Unclassified spears. 102. Head pointed with a num-
ber of tail-spines of the Sting Ray; Normanton,
Gulf of Carpentaria, Queensland. 103. Head
barbed with rows of Echidna quills, and decorated
in red and white; North C^uc^nsland.

SPEARS. (Case 8.)
A series from Bathuri>t and Melville Islands. They are
characteristic of these islands, and are remarkable by reason
of their relatively ponderous weight and size, and also
because of their scheme of decoration. They might better be
described as javelins. All of them are thrown by the hand,
no spear thrower being apparently used on these islands. In
no case is there any hafting, though there are indications
on some that hafting may have once been employed. They
may be divided into two groups : —

1. Single pronged. These again may be divided into
(A) barbed and (B) unbarbed, of which the former are
much more numerous : —

A. Barbed spears. (Figs. 80-89.) 1. Barbed on both
sides (1-27). In the majority (1-14) the barbs
are flat, In-oad, and leaf shaped. This is well

I'LMl. 7.

SPE.\RS.

shown ill 1, .'. .111. I if. 1 IK- «[>;i((s Kctuccii »iii--

ccssivr barbs arc wry narrow, aial in many cases
n«»t nion- than half or cvfii a third of thi- barb
may be actually sejiarati'tl from tlie rentral ;<haft.
10. 11, 12 ar.' spi'cinuMis in rourso of manufac-
ture. The cutting instrument used is a i.ln*ll
{(\ifrena «/).), which forms a very effeoiivp im-
plement. In 16-24 the barbs ar.-. relatively
longer and narrower. In 2.'»-27 the barbs are
comparatively small. In 27 four at the pro.ximal
end are turned the wrong way. The Mclvilhr
Island name of the.se doubh'-barbed spears is
Tjunkulcfi. 2. Barbed on one side «Mily (2S-4.'i).
There is great variation amongst tlu-se in regard
to the numb(>r, sizt*, and arrangement of the
barbs. In 2S-39 they are similar to one of the
rows on the double-barbed forms. In some cases
(31) the barbs are broad, in others (32) they are
narrow. Thcpsc spears are all called Aunurtritch.
These graile into spears such as 40-4.'», in which
tin- barbs are smaller in size, fewer in number,
and. as in 45, mm-h farther apart from one
another.

):. I iibarbe.! spears. The.«e arc few in numlM-r, and are
represented by 46-4S. 46 is a simple pointed
stick. 47, 4?> are remarkable form-s with a blunt

and -Wi.llcli ill>fc;id mF ;i liiiiliK'i) .11,1.

_ i'..ii.... j.iMii:;tMi. 1 lics(. arc not very cunniion, and may
be dividcfl into two groups: —

A. iJarbed. 4!> has one barb on each side, each of the
main prongs having a distinct resemblance to n
much-<Milarged barb. In 50 each prong with it.s
row of barbs is preci.sely similar to the barlied
end «»f an Annurgitcli spear.

I: I'libarbcd. .'.l-:>3. Of fho*e. r»3 is relatively a short
one. and is interesting as affording n transition
to such forms of clubs as Xo. 7'» in Cam* '*.

The d<<'oration of the spears i^ wry charaetcristie. In the
first place, though there is never any hafting. the place of
union of the main shaft and the barbed portion in often
indicated by a mass of wa.\. which mav (3) Im- ormimente<l
with rings of Abrus s»'eils. or (7, S. 0) the shaft may l>e more
or less swollen out here and pierced thr.)ugh bv one or two
openings. ( Kigs. s.|, s;.) The barbitl part is alu:iv« .llvi.l.,?

into areas varying- in longtli. In r-omo cases (4, 5) a sneoes-
sion of bands of red, white, and yellow runs across the barbs
from side to side, but very often one side of a cross band is
coloured yellow, the other white, the two colours alternating
in successive areas or bands (1, 3, 9). In 14, 15, 16, 17,
and 33 a very diiferent scheme is adopted. Tho whole sur-
face has been covered with black, and on this vnrious designs
— circles, dots, lines, and bands — are drawn in red, yellow,
and white. (Fig. 86.) (All the specimens in this ca.se were
})n'>('iited by Professor Spencer.)

SPEAR THROWERS. (Case 9.)

The spear thrower is one of the most characteristic of
the weapons of Australian natives. It varies much m shape
in different parts of the continent, but always consists of a
stick, to one end of Avhich there is attached a point of wood,
bone, or resin, which fits into a small hole at the extremity
of the spear. By its means a great leverage is obtained, and
the spear can be thro's\ai Avith considerable accuracy.

Sj:ries a. — This illustrates a form very common in Vic-
toria and ISTew South Wales. The flattened blade varies con-
siderably in shape, and in some, such as 16^ is of almost even
width along its entire length; while in others, such as 2, it
asisumes an elongate leaf shape, and has one surface, the
upper when in use, concave, and the lower surface distinctly
convex. In all of the specimens the point is a part of the
wood forming the blade, and not a separate structure joined
on. The woods most frequently nsed for making the spear
throwers are said to be the "Cherry" tree (Exocarpus
cupressiformi^) and the Blackwood (Acacia melanoxylon).
The common name for these implements now applied to them
by white men over the v.diole of Australia is Womera
(variously spelt), but it must be remembered that this name
was originally only of local application. In Victoria it was
known under the names of Knruk or Guruk (Varra tribe),
Muriwun (Kurnai tribe).

As a general rule the handle does not show the distinctly
swollen end which is very characteristic of the spear throwers
of Central, Western, and South Australia, and Queensland,
but occasionally this feature may be present, as in 4 and
13. In some cases the implement may have no ornamenta-
tion, but in others one or both of the sides may be ornamented
with incised lines, representing human or various animal
figures or geometrical designs.

Pl-XTF. 8.

SPL\R niROWtRS.

1. Kiiruk; N'ictoria. -. \V«»iini;i ; \ ^ V\

.'{. Muriuuii; WtM-wiiroii^ tribe, Victoria. 4. (Jriuum-iitod
Muriwuii; Wofwuron^ frilu*. Viftoria. .'*. WuiiuTa ; Now
South Walrs. »;. Oriiaiiu'iital Kiinik; Virtoria. T. Kunik;
Avora. Viftoria. *^-ll. Kiiriik; Victoria. (Figs. 100, 102.)
12. .Muriwim; Kiirnai tril)c, VictJiria (presented l»y Dr. A.
W. Il'.wiff). i:Mn. Kiii\«k; Victoria. (Fig. 101.)'

Skkiks n. — Tlicse spear tlirower.s (17-20) are cliaractcrizctl
principally hv the fact tliat the point is not cut out of \\io
solid. as in the previous series, but is attached to the lda«|e
by n»eans of strinj» enclosed in n-sin. The point jnay he
formed either of bone or wood. 17-19 come from Victoria,
un<l 20 from New South Wales. ( Fig.s. 105, 106.)

Skkik.s C. — This .series illustrates various forms of r.pcar
throwers found in Central and We>tern Australia, and shows,
on the one haiul, the transition from a narrow, straight stick
to the broad, concav*-, unornaiiientcd form characteristic of
ruch tribes as the Arunta and the Luritja; and. on the other
hand, the transition from the same to the broad, flat, orna-
mented imjilement which is characteristic of many "Western
Australian tribes. In all of them th(> handle has a swollen
end with a knob made of resinous material, in which is often
fixed a piece of quart/ite (diipped so as to fonn a cutting
edge, wliich is u.sed in the manufacture of wooden imph'-
mont«?.

Starting from ;»2 and passinjr npwjirds it is s«^en that the
blade gradually increases in size, assuming at the .same time
a leaf shape; while in the upix-r ones it gradually becomes
more and more concave, the extreme form being se<»n in 23,
which is a specimen from the Luritja tribe in Central Aus-
tralia. In all these specimens there is no attempt at any
carved pattern, ornamentation In-ing limited to designs in
jiigment. as in 22. though even this is rarely S4'en, and is only
met with when the weapon is being used for soim* r|K'cial
eeri'inony. Passing downwards from 32 the bhule gradually
increases in size, jind assumes a leaf-like fornj, but nt the
.same time it remains cpiite flat, und is characterized by the
development of u highly ornate, inrided pattern, consisting
for the mo.st part of zig-zag lines, n pattern which is vcrv
distinctive of various Western Australian weapons.

21-2.'.. From the .\runta and Luritja tribes, Ceiitrni Aus-
tralia. The In-st-made s|H>ciiiiens of thirt type of spear
thrower come from the Luritja tribe. Into the resinous mass
at the handle end there is usually fixed n piece of qiiartzite,
which is used for many purposes, such as making all kinds of

wooden iiiiph'iiicnlH, ciittiii^' opiMi the hodics ol niiiiiinls, «S:p.
During llio |)n'|>;ir;ition for various cd'einmiics the ,si)C'ar
tlirower serves as a I'eceptacle for the douii aiul colouring
material with which the hodies of the [lerfdrniers are deco-
rated. (Fig. 107.)

26, 27. Western Aust I'alia. In these two specimens tlie
hlade is flat, and at the handle ; nd the knoh of resin is in-
clined at an angle to it. ( Fig. 104.)

28-31. Western Australia. These specimens illustrate the
trausitiou from the leat'-sliaped form to the uarrow stick.
(Fig. !)().)

32. A uarrow, straight form, Irom tlie Wonun(hi-niinung
tribe, Western Australia.

33. A somewhat broader form, ornamented witli rough
grooves. W^esteru Australia.

34. A broad, flat form, ornameuted with characteristic
iucised lines. Majanna tribe, Koeburn, W^esteru Australia.
(Fig. 97.)

35. 36. Two broad, flat forms, ornamented with character-
istic incised lines. Ngurla tribe, Roeburn, Western Aus-
tralia.

37. A still hronder form, ormnnented with rough grooves
and a zig-zag pattern of incised Hues. Xgurla tribe, Rocburu,
Western Australia. (Fig. 103.)

38. A specimen dift'ering from the others in the ser'es in
having the knob of the handle cut out of tlie solid Avood, and
not formed of resin. Lake rallahoniia, Soiith Australia.
(Presented bj Professor Spencer.)

Series D. — 39-45. A special form of s])ear thrower, only
found in certain parts of Queensland. Unlike almost all other
spear throwers, the point for insertion into the spear end is so
attached that it i)rojects in the plane corresponding to the
one in which the blade is flattened. There is thus very little
resistance of the air to be overcome, as the thin edge of the
blade offers the smallest possible surface, and in this respect
contrasts strongly with the broad area which is opposed to the
air in the case of the typical Central and Western Australian
forms (21-38). Another very characteristic feature is the
double shell handle, the two halves being fastened together,
and also attached to the stick at various angles, by means
of Grass-tree resin. There is a remarkable variation in the
length of the wooden point, the longest one measuring 5
inches, and the shortest 1 inch; while there is also consider-
able difference in the width of the lath-like blade, the
broadest measuring 3^ inches, and the narrowest 1]- inches.
The wood is usually a species of acacia, but in some cases
a light wood is employed (44). All the specimens come

4:i

from (.^lUH'ii.slaiMl. whore they ai' ••"•*:'

Iviiig to the south of thi> (Julf of (Jarpenturiii. {iri-
1)3, J>4.)

Skkif-** K. — Varlou- ;...:■ ; . , .....ill

of whii'h thi' \Aiu\v is narrow, aii<l the wooden point is at-
tached l»y string enclo.^ed in a JnaMs of resin.

■Hi. Wonunda-niinung triU', Ksperanee Hay, Western Aus-
tralia. This and the next one have a pieee of quartzite used
for I'Uttinp piim. !■.••> iii-<rtid in tin- iiia-^s of ri'sm at ttio
handle end.

47, 4X. Kaw iriiK-. .\ •iitii;iiiip;i'ii. \V«-i<rii Australia.

49. .*»(). Worpaia tribe. Central .Australia. Thcrse have a
tn.s.>«el of straiuls of Inunan hair siring attached to the handle,
which, together with the smooth, rounded fonn of the Made,

are characteristic features not nu'f with if' .fl"'- -• .... i.<

The native name is Xulliga. (Fig. 1M». i

51. Same as 4I» and .')(»; from the Anula uiIji, Alaiai-imr
Kiver, Northern Territory. (Presented liv Professor Spencer
and Mr. F. J. (;illen.)

52. New South Waloe! (exact locality no' ^> .' : 'vo-
bably from the far interior). (Fig. 98.)

53. North Australia (exact locality unku«»uii). li» iliis
and the previous one the point is a flattened piece of wood,
and the blade gracjually increases in width towards the end,
which is hebl in the liand.

54. 55. Made out of some light wood, such as the bean tree
(Erifihrina n'sprrtilin). The handle has two deep notches to
a.«ist in holding the weapon, which is red ordiretl, and may
be decorated with designs in red. black, yellow, and white
pigni lit. K:i>r Kiin'.' r]. v. W.^tirn .ViHtralia. (Fie-. ^5,

or,

.■|«;. .'.7. .""'iuiii... ;■■ .... :.-■- .■....,■.. i.-.iii til'- \V. ..I

tril>e. Central Australia. Native name, Wanyia.

5.*^. \facarthur Kiver. Northern T rritory.

59. Made out of hard wood. Warramuiiga tribe.

Skkiks F.- .\ rare form, boomerang shape<l. The point is
attached as in Series I). There is no distinct handle.
♦51. From North Queen.sland.

Skkijuh (f. — A fornj with a thin cylindrical shaft. The
point M formed of re.sin. with which al.^n the handle end is
covered. It is umvI in the Northern Territory for throwing
light n-^'d spi'ars (60),

Skkies 11. — A I'liiT form found only iimniiust ccrtiiiu tribes,
such as till' K;ik:i(lii, inhabiting the costal ai'cn of tlie 3s'ortliern
T(>rritorv. It is rcinarkahle for its very thin, curved blade.
The jxiint is atlnchcd by siring to llie side of the blade,
and the handle is always made of wax dorivod from the
Ironwood tree [Eriiilirophhvum lahniicJicrii ), and orna-
mcntcd with a i^rinu' ])attcrn. Tlic Kakadu name is Palati

(6:^-67). ' , . , ,

66, 67. Ill course of nianiiiaclure. (G-t-O* presented by
Professor S])(>ncer.)

WOODEN VESSELS, NETS, BAGS, BASKETS, Etc.

(Case 10.)

Various forms of vessels for carrying food, Avater, kc, are
found all over the Continent, and different names are given to
them in different tribes. A term very often applied to them
by white men among the eastern tribes is Kuliman (variously
spelt) ; but thii, word, so far as the natives are concerned,
is of local application only, the Avord belonging to the Kamil-
roi dialect in New South Wales. In many cases thej are
made out of the inner layer of the bark of an excrescence of
a gum tree, and the same name is applied to the excrescence
itself. Very often, however, they are made out of the solid
wood of a limb of a gum or other hardwood tree Avhich has a
suitable bend. In this case the Golid block is cut away from
the tree and the interior is holloAA^ed out partly by burning,
;ind ])artly by gouging by means of an adze-like instrument,
the outer surface being trimmed into a more or less sym-
metrical shape. In the case of the soft Avood of the coral or
bean tree, Avliich is largely used in certain parts, a fiolid block
is first cut, and then the outside is chipped to the desired size
and shape, the inside being afterAvards gouged out. The per-
fect symmetry of the lines of some of these Goft-wood vessels
is remarkable, when it is remembered that all the work is
done Avitli a sharp-edged stone.

In form some are deep and uarroAv, and suitable for carry-
ing Avater. One distinct type of this kind has a remarkable
resemblance to a boat, though it is made by Central Au'^tra-
lian natives who have never seen one. Others are very
shalloAv, and may be of small size, when they are used as a
scoop for clearing earth aAvay wdiile the native digs doAA'u in
quest of small animals or roots upon which he feeds; or they
may be of large size, when they are used for carrying food or
even small children. The outer surface may be either care-
fully smoothed down, or be covered with regular or irregular
grooves, or it may be left in its natural conditioii if the AA^ood
has been cut off from a tree in the form of a bole or gnarl.

PLATE 9.

UOODLN Vti^StLS.

1-7. l{«iat-shji|MHl vt'ssi'ls made out " irht wood

of till' hviiu Im* { KrifUiriua rrspfrtilin). J In- <»uirr slirfari' Js
alwavs groovfd, tlu- shape of the grooves, whieli are remark-
ably regular, eorrespojuliiig to the couvi'x e<ljje of the stone
with whieh they are eut. The vessels when finished are al-
ways eovered with red ochre, and may be ornamente«l with
lint's of yellow, black, and white pigment. They will •;t;uiil
on the ground without support, and are capable of a con-il' r
able amount of rocking befon- they overturn. 1. Frouj linr-
roloola. (lulf of Carpentaria. (Presenteil by Sergeant
Ih'uipsey. ) 2-6. Frnni tiie Warraniunga tribe. 7. Tjingilli
tribe, I'owell Creek, (Ventral Australia. (Fig. 112.)

8. Smooth hardwood vessel, capable of carrying water.
Eaw tribe, Xorthampton, Western Austral';- 'Fig. 111.)

9. Central Australia.

HI. 11. Macarthur liiver, Northern Territury.

12, i;5. Harrow Creek, Northern Territory.
14-20. Kimberlev district, Xorth-west Australia.

21. Child's i»lay verisel. Kimberle\' district, Xorth-west
Australia.

22, 23, 24. Heavy hardwood vessels cut from the bent
limb of some gum tr(«e. The labour involved in making these
is very great. They are used for carrying food, and r-onn-
tinu'S small children. Tiiey are carried jtoised on the head or
resting against the liips, and may be sup|)orte4l by a cord oft u
made of strands of human hair string, whicli j)asses across the
opposite shoulder. Arunta tribe. Central Australia. Xativc
name. Tanna or Tunna. The wide open ends of this fftrm
render it unsuitable for carrying water.

25. Small hardwood ve.s.s<d, used as a scoop. Western Aus-
tralia. Xative name, W;i:i" ' Fig. lOS.)

2fi. Small b.-irdwori! ■ Hiirro-.v Crofk. Xnrthern

Territory.

27. Small 1...,.; i ..-^. 1. .,.,i. ;.. ^. -

cut and small. Arunta tribe. Central Austral

2S, Small ."oft wood ve.vel made of the w<M»d of ;hf l.r.m
tree {Krijihrina rrsprrtUio), with broad grooves, Arunta
triln*. Central Australia.

2I». Larg<' hardwood ves.sel cut out of the wood of a gtun
tr<»e (Kurali/plu.'t ijomphorephalus). (fuurla triln*. Western
Australia. Xativ». nanj.% Yandi or Thacka.

30. IlardwiHid vessel made of Jarrah {Euralyplux mar-
ginala). Kaw trilM», Western Australia.

:n, 32, 33, 34. 3.J. 36. 37. 3S. Large, .hallow, softwood
ve.s.sels made of the bean trw {Knjlhriiui vctpertHio), f?roovc"<l

;iii(l ml (iclircd. ■\V:irr;iiiiiiii^i;:i li-ilii\ ('i'iili-:il Auslralin.
{V\iX. 116.)

od. Lixrgv hardwood vi^sscl, with rr^ular grooves, iiia(h' ot
the Avood of a gum tree. Annita irilu'. Central Australia.

40. Large hardwood vcsscd. wilh the surfaee covered with
small, hroad grooves. (Jnurhi trihc. Western Australia.

4 1. Small hardwood vei^s<d, with the sides curled round,
and the two 'nds sliallow. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

(Fig. ii:..)

42. Hardwood vessel. Arunta trilie. Central Australia.

43, 44, 4.-). Hardwood vessels. Harrow Creek, Northern
Territory.

46. Hardwood vesscd. Tenmint Creek, Xorthern Terri-
tory.

47. A shoe-shaiK'd vess(d, used for drinking, and "vicK'ntlv
hollowed out from the bole of a tree. Yarra tribe, Victoria.
jSTative uauie, No-biu-tarno. (Fig. 117.)

48. A large vessel made out of a holloAved-out hole. The
cavity Avas made partly by fire and partly by gouging. It Avas
not carried about, being too heavy for this, but was used when
in camp for making a favourite beverage of the natives,
which consisted of an infusion of the flowers of honeysuckle
and l)Ox (the natives of Central Australia in the same way
make an infusion of the flowers of a species of Hakea).
Yarra tribe. Native name, Tarnuk, Eullito, or Bullarto.
(Fig. 113.)

49. Vessel formed of the bark from the bole of a gum tree.
The walls are very thin, and it Avas carried about full of
Avater as the uatiA^es travelled. Yarra tribe, Victoria. Native
name, Tarnuk. (Fig. 110.)

50. A Avooden vessel made from the bole of a gum tree,
used for carrying water while on the march. Victoria.
Native name, Tarnuk. (Fig. ILS.)

51. A shell used for holding Avatei'. Western Australia.
(Fig. 114.) _

52. Drinking A'eseel of Haliotis shell. Eyre's Peninsula,
South Australia.

Specimens 53-135 illustrate various implements manu-
factured from tAvine, fur, bark, and the skins of animals.
The tAvine is made from dift'ereut material, such as vegetable
fibre, grass, reeds, palm leaves, human hair, and fur. For
large baskets the natives used the leaves or stalks of the
common reed (Phragmites cninminiis), LaAA'yer canes, or of
grasses such as Poa Australis.

53. A net made of the grass Spitiifr.r hnujifolhis. Gnurla
tribe, Western Australia.

PLMT: 10.

BARK BVSKLTS.

2862. 8

:>\. A HshiiifT iHt of ilif grass Spinifex longifoliu.n. Min-
(hiru trilx', north-wrst const.

r.j. r.G. liags niadr of tli«< grass Spinifex longifoliux.
Ciiiurla tribf. Wf^sii-rn Australia.

57. Bag. Capf York PiMuiusula, Qiu-iiislaiul.

58. Not hag. Woi'wurong tribe, Victoria. Native namf,

Bt'lang.

55). Vt'gt'tablc fibri' ina»U' from the Chipaiig bush, uswl by
tbf natives of the Aruiita ami other Central Australian tribes
in making twine.

60. Vegetable til>re tailed Pongo. Arnnta tribe, Central
Aut«tralia.

61. Narrow bag nuule of Pongo and human hair. Arunta
triU*, Central Au.stralia.

62. Fishing net made of Kangaroo grass (Anthistiriu
ciliata), called by the natives of Ciippsland. Karn. Lake
Tyers, (Jippsland.

6;?. Net bag with nu'sh similar to that of the fishing nets.

64. Net bag. Princess Charlotte Bay, (^ueen-^land. The
lower part is coloured with a red ])igment.

65. Net for catching wallabies, made of <-mu and wallaby
sinew and vegetable fibre. South Arunta tribe. Central
Australia. Native name, ^lintu.

iUi. A fishing net. Anula tribe, Macarthur River, Northern
Territory.

67. Fishing net on wooden fram<\ (Jnanji tribe. Northern
Territory.

6S. Net bag of coarse string, with the ends drawn together
with string. Anula tribe, Macarthur lliver, .\orfliirn
Territory.

69. Va'\ trai>, called Yingar. Russell Biver, Queen.«<land.

70. Net bag. Victoria.

71. Dilly bag. Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

72. Small bag used for holding birds' down. ^Macarthur
Biver, Northern Territory.

7:{. Dilly bag. containing a sacred calcite utone; said to be
used as a charm, and held between the t«H>tli during a fight to
protect the owner from injury by his enemy. Lake Frome,
South Australia.

74. Net bag. QiK'en.sland.

75. Hand net u.s<'d for procuring bait for fishing, it is
stretche«l on a bow. h-t down to the bed of a stream, and
drawn through the water by women. Lake Tyera, Victoria.
Native name, Lowrn.

76. Net bag. (Queensland.

77. Net bag. Nogoa Rl •• ' ■ ' ',' -^ '

78. Net bag. Vii-toriu.

70. Not l);i<i:. Cn\)o York Pt'iiiiisnla. Quocushmd.

80. Not bag. Locality unknown.

81. Piece of fiishing net. (^ueenslmnl.

82. Net bag. Tbc twini' is made from the fibrous bark of
a gum tree {Eucalyptua ohiiqua). Woewurong tribe. \^ic-
toria.

83. Xet bag. Xorniantnn distr'ct. (Julf of ( 'arjicniaria,
Queensland.

84. Fishing net. (Queensland.

85. Fishing net. AVorgaia tribe. Central Ansti'alia.

86. Net Bao-. Victoria.

87. Fur-i^kin wallet. Lurirja tribe. Central Ansti'alia.
This is made by stuffing with sand the skin of a newly-killed
au"mal until it is dry and stiff and will retain its sha])e.

,88. Rush basket made from the leaves of Juiicu.s gracilis.

East Kimberley, "Western Australia.

89. Rush basket. Victoria.

00. Dilly bag. New South Wales.

91. Rush basket. Victoria.

92. Basket ornamented with designs in pigment. Queens-
land.

93; Large basket made of Calamus palm. Cardwell,
Queensland. Native name, Djowan.

94. Small basket. Pyalong, Victoria.

95. Basket. Cairuts, Queensland.

96. Basket ornamented with designs in pigment. Burdekin
Kiver, Queensland.

97-111a. a series of plaited baskets. The material used is
stiff grass stalks, ruishes, thin pliant twigs, and split cane.
In some such as 111 the meshwork is open; in others
such as 100 it is so close that the baisket is used for carrying-
honey. In the case of the latter especially the surface is of
such a nature that it lends itself to decoration, which may
include conventional drawings of human beings, bands, and
rectangular patches of red and yellow ochre, charcoal, and
pipeclay. They are carried by women, and are often worn
down the middle of the back i?uspended by a loop of string
across the forehead. (Figs. 129-136.) Northern Territory.

111b. Basket-work bag with a peculiar funnel-shaped
moiith; Avorn suspended down the back during the perform-
ance of a special sacred ceremony, called Ober, amongst ihe
Kakadu tribe. East Alligator River, Northeim Territorv.
(Presented by Mr. P. Caliill.)

111c. Ornament made in imitation of a basket-work bag
and worn, suspended down the back, during the performance
of a special isacred ceremony called Ober, amongst the Kakadu

PLATE II.

,l>l^

h 'oKl. 1.'^

PLATE 12.

BASKETS.

4i»

TrJbi', K:i>i AHigiiior Ki\«r. Nortlu-ni Trrritory. The
upper t'lul is tightly bound round with string fuclosed in
bcoswax. ( rn'sinted hv Mr, 1'. Cahill.)

11:^. Largo haskft. W«'st Australia.

li;i. Kihrt' calh'd Widjing-ni, usrd in making tin* Mi

1 14-121. A si-riis of baskets niadi* from the Lawyer r:i
from the C'alamuH palm, with pointed ends. Native luune,
Djowan. Cardwell and Cairns district. Som" ■■»" '1>. «>. >r..
ornamented with designs in pigment.

i'22, li*."?. l-M. liark vessels. Cnrdwell di-m f, i^'i.-n-
1a nd.

125. Specimen showing the commencement of a basket.
Victoria.

12«). 127. Bark rope. Macarthur Kiver, Northern Ter-
ritory.

128. Bark used in manufacture of string, in raw and jir*--
pnrod (states; and bag in course of nuiking. T>'iv IJ'.'-.
Northern Territory.

129. Small bag in course of manufacture from i«;irK .>tnii.L'
and string of Pandanus leaf. Daly Kiver, Northern
Territory,

130. Pandanus leaf used in manufacture of string, in raw
and prepared states; and bag in course of making. ])aly
Kiver, Northern Territory, It will be noted that luitive
string is invariably two-ply.

131. 132, 133, 134. Barks, and cords prepared from them.
Macartliur liiver. Northern Territory.

135. "Water vt^sel made out of a kangaroo {Macropus
rufuji) skin. Tennant ('re<'k. Northern Territory.

136. Basket. Lower Murray Kiver, Victoria. Native
name, ^lidjir.

137. Basket. Lake C'ondah, Victoria.

13S, Basket. Yarra tribt-, Victoria. Native name,
Biii-nuk.

139. Ba.sket. Western l)istrict, Victoria.

140. Basket. Victoria. Native name, Bin-nuk,

141. Woollen ' r earryiiig food aiul water. Mori-
lake, Victoria. d l»v Mr. IL (^uiney,)

142. Basket. Mojilak.. Vietoria. (Presented by ^Ir. II.
Quiney.)

143. Bark vejwel for carrying food. Koper K.ver, Northern
Territory, (Presented by Profe.H,m»r SjK'ncer, )

144. 145. Circular rush-work mats, umhI alito as banketi
when folded up. Lake Alexandrina, South Australian.

146. Basket-work mat nuide of Pandanus leaf, u-
women of the Kakadu tribe, Kast .Mligator Kiver, NortiuTU
Territory. ( Pre^ent^-d by Mr. P. Cahill.)

f)()

147. Eol trap of rush-work, opon at linili cuds. Avitli a
fiiniiel-shapod mouth. When setting- tlic iwi. a small peg
was inserted so ac, to (dose the smaller <'iid. ^Vh(•ll the Vrap
Avas full, it was taken out of the watci- and tlic pcii caret nlly
withdrawn. .\s ihc eels cmcrg-ed at the narrow end, it is said
that the alinriiiincs hit their heads and drew them out witli
their teeth one at a time. Coudah, Victoria.

ARTICLES OF CLOTHING. (Case U.)

in many, hut hy no mean.? all, parts of Australia the
natives avaih'd themselves of the furred skins of the larger
marsupials, sueh as wallahies and kangaroos, to make cloaks.
They were, as seen in 1, made by stitching several r,kius to-
gether by means of twini', usually spun from vegetable fibre.
In some cases, as amongst various Victorian and JS'ew South
Wales tribes, the inner side was oriuunented with designs.
The fur skins were also utilized for the ])urpose of making
bags and Avallets, Avhicdi were Avorn on the back, supported
by a band i)ass:ng over the forehead or shoulders; in the
larger of these small children could be carried.

1. A woman's fur cloak of kangaroo skin, worn with the
fur next to the body. Kardagur tribe, Bunlniry, Western
Australia. Xative nam(>, Buka or Boka.

2. The same rolled uj), in which state it is often used vo
produce a sound by beating upon it Avith a stick to keep time
with the dancing during the performance of a corroboree.
Whajtik and Ballardong tribes, Western Australia.

-3. Another specimen of the same; from the York district
tribe, Western Australia.

4-6. Specimens of the bag or wallet carried on the back.
Native name, Kutah. 4. From the Minung tribe. King
George's Sound, Western Australia. 5. Ea-w tribe, North-
ampton, Western Australia. 6. Whajuk and Ballardong
tribes, York, Western Australia.

7, 8. Pieces of bark cloth. Queenslaml.

9-i2. Emu feather girdles, worn round the waist bv women
during tlie i)erforiiiance of corroborees. The feathers are
tied in tufts of six or nn)r(>, and then all of the tufts are at-
tached by means of U\\r\o to a strand Avhich passes round the
waist and is tied behind tlu' body. The native name foi- the
girdle amongst the Yarra and coastal tribes was Til-bur-nin
or Jerr-barr-ning.

13, 14. Pieces of the skin of the Euro (Macropiis rohiistiis)
in ])i-ocess of manufacture for a (doak. Lake Frome, South
Australia.

■A

\:>. Mar-a-bu, a small trianpuhir mat nuuU' from Pnn'hnnn*
Iravi'S. It is the only articli' worn hy woim-n of ? '
|H»ol Kiver district, Arnln'in Land, and. wlii-n in n
down thf back, suspondrd from a strinjj round tin- urvk. It
gives the wfartT. smmi in thi- distance, very nunl' ;'" ai.iM-nr-
ancc of an emu. (Presented by Mr. W Cabill. '

CLOTHING AND ORNAMENT. (Case 12.)

1. Necklace fornii-d of a sirij. of kangaroo leather, to wlin-li
a row of its teeth is attached, by means of sinew di-rivcd
from the same animal. Tiie skin is ilyed

Victoria.

2, :?. Necklets made of a strand of opossum fur string, to
which are attached as p.ndants a series of short strands of tin*
same material. 2. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. 3. War-
ramunga triln*. Central Aijstralia.

4. A waist belt of Kuro (Marropus rohmtittt) fur string.
Arnnta tribe. Central Australia.

."). An apron worn by women during corrobore- datu-es.
"Wimmera district, Victoria.

0-9. Necklets made of strands of well-greas('d and r««|
ochred opossunt fur string. G-S. Arunta and Warramunga
trilu>*. Central Australia. 0. Macartbur Ki - V -' -n
Ti-rritory.

10. A small pubic tassel worn by the men ut ilir Aniiifa
tribe, Ci-ntral Australia. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

11.' Necklace ma<le of the seeds of the bean tree (Kriftlirina
re.spt'rtilio), worn by u..imn of the Arunta an<l other Central
.\ustralian tribes.

12-17. Shell neckbi'-.-. !_'. Victoria. l'\. 14. 1.'.. \\ orn by
Ta^manian women. H'.. IT. Worn by women; Victoria.
17. Denfalinm shells; north-wjtit coast.

\s.'2{). Keed necklaces. IS. "Worn by women; Town.syille,
Queenslan<l. It is 30 fe<'t in length, and there are 47s pieces
of reed. This was worn by both nn-n and wouhmi. \;ifive
name at Lake llindmar.-*h, "jah-kul; on the Yarra. ' t

or Tarrngoorn. The reed is called Djarrk. 20. \

21. Necklace made of small sections cut out of the claws of
n cravHsh. "Warrnambool, Victoria.

22. Xecklaci' made of the needs of the quandmig tn**-.
Malbi- district. Victoria.

23-2S. Neckhues made of *oed.s. 23. Ix»wor Murray
Kiver. 24. 2'k Maearthur River. Northern T«-rriiorv
(presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. .1. (iillenh 2t5,
27. 2.**. Central Australia.

20, 30. Necklaces mado from »bo Imi-ltbone of n snake.
Queensland. (Presented by Mr. !• N^

;!1. 'I'wo ornniiiciits woi'ii on tln' lu-ad, jikuIc from ground-
down pieces of shell sfruiii^ on to thread. Mackay, Queens-
land.

32, 33. Sniiill hiiiiidicH 1)1' i)\\i fcntliei's. worn on llic liciid.

32. Minung tribe, Xing George's SouikK Western Australia.

33. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

34. Small buneh of the same. Tliis was worn on tlie ]iead
of a boy who was i)assing tlirougli the initiation ceremony.
.Vrunta tribe, Central Australia.

35. Buneh of cockatoo feathers, Avorn as a head ornament.
Cairns, Queensland.

36. Bunch of emu feathers, hlaekened with charcoal and
grea-se; worn as an ornament. Arunta tribe. Central Aus-
tralia.

37. Bunch of yellow and white cockatoo feathers, tied on
to a hone, and worn as a head ornament. Eaw tribe,
NorthamiDton, Western Australia. Native name, Jinkarra.

38. Bunch of emu feathers, attached to a bone, and worn
on the head. Eaw tribe, JNTorthampton, Western Australia.

39. 40. Bunches of cockatoo feathers, similar to jNTo. 37.
40. Macarthur River, JSTorthern Territory.

41. Bunch of red ochred emu feathers, worn as an orna-
ment during corroborees. Mindaru tribe. Western Aus-
tralia.

42. Feathers from the tail of the black cockatoo, worn as
ornaments. Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

43. 44. Bed and white cockatoo feather ornaments. Arunta
tribe. Central Australia.

45. Large bunch of emu feathers, blackened with charcoal
and grease; worn during the performance of ceremonies by
men of the Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (Fig. 175.)

46, 47. Feathers of an owl, red ochred, and worn as a head
ornament, Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

48. Bunch of emu feathers, attached together by a mass of
resin derived from a grass tree. Cooper's Creek, Central
Australia.

49. Bunch of emu feathers, worn as an ornament in a
band of fur string, Avhich encircles the upper arm. Eaw
tribe, Northampton, Western Australia.

50. 51. Two bunches of emu feathers used for decoration
during the performance of ceremonies; Avhen not in use they
are carried ahout tied up tightly with string. Arunta tribe
Central Australia. (Fig. 170.) ' '

52-58. Specimens of a head-dress worn by the men in the
Arunta, Luritja, and Ilpirra tribes in Central Australia.
It is made by intertwining emu feathers until they form a
mass which closely resembles the pad forming the sole of the

shoi>s worn by the Kurdaitcha. It is tied rouikj the bac*k of
tho head l»y iiu'aiis of fur string. Native namt* in th«* Aruntu
tribf, Iniainpa. ( .'>4, .'»."i pn-r^L-ntcd by J*roffs««or Sjkmhmt. )

'>l>. (finlli- t)f han<licoot fur string, worn by men. Arunta
tribe, (Vntral Australia.

00. Waist girdle of liuinan hair string, worn by men.
Maearthur Kiver, Northern Territory. ( I'resente*! by Pro-
fessor S|»,-noer and Mr. F. J. (JiUen.)

01. Waistband of network, worn by men. It is made out
of string manufaetured fn»m a reenl that grows on the battk**
of the Murray, and measures some si.x feet in len^''

name on the Lower Murray, Ni-yeerd.

62, 03. 03a. Bark belts worn by men of the most northern
part of the eontinent. (Presented by Profe.>sor Speneer. )

04. Human hair waist girdle. Warramunga tribe. Cintral
Australia.

ii'i. Opossum fur string waist girdle. Annita tril» . '
tral Australia.

00, 07. T\vt» head-ban<ls worn by men of the Arunta tribe,
Central Australia. Each is made of a number of strands of fur
string, which are plastered down with pipeelay so as to form
a flat band, the two ends of which are tied behind the occiput.
These bands are ornamented in various ways; som -times,
as in the case of No. 07, with bird's <lown, ami are usually
decorated when used during the performance of a corrob-
oree. Native name in the Arunta triln', (MiilMrn. (Fig.
139.) (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

68. Forehead of network, to which kangin"- i.-ih are
attache«l as pendants, called Ltangerra. The string is made
of the fibre of .some aqiuitic plant, and the teeth are fastened
on with the tail sinew of the kangaroo, called Wirr-ran-ni.
The band, which measures nearly 12 inches in length and 3
inches in width, was worn by both men atid wnm.-ii. Native
name on the Lower Murray, Mulong-nyird.

60. A forehead-band made of closi-ly-woven >tr;tii>i> mantt-
facturtnl from the root fibn*s of the wild clniatis. Thes«'
bands are ustially made by the women, but are worn by men
only. The length of the band is 12 inches, and the width
li inches. As an additional ornament, wing feathers of
a cockatoo are stuck in the band, one on each si«le. Native
name on the I.,ower Murray, Mar-rung-nul.

70. - - 60 and 67.

71. I band of network, worn by the
Gipp.nland. it is ma«h' of fibre obtaine<l from a «
which grows near Lake Tyers, and is colourt^l with

2 feet 3 inches, width 3 inches. Native name, .Iimbir:>

72, T^). Same as (!(! ami <>7.

74. Waist oi'iiainciit iiiadf of tail-ti|)s i>\' \]w rahhit-
kaugaruo {PciLUjalc Uujulis) attaclu'd tu a strand of striii<i;.
Eaw tribe, Northampton, West Australia.

75-77. Ornaments made of the tail-tips of rabbit-kangaroo.

75. ^liimiiii' tribe, King George's Soun,d, West Australia.

76, 77. Am lira tribe, Central Australia.

78. Waist ornament of strands of string, to \vhi(di are
attached bunches of cockatoo feathers. Central Australia.

70. Waist ornament of tail-ti])s of I'abbit-kangaroo. Worn
by women of tlic Ariinra tribe, ('ciitral Australia, uliilc ])er-
forming a special dance on the ground where the ceremony
of initiating a youth is about to be performed.

80, 81. Ornaments of tiie tail-tips of the rabl)it-kangaroo.
SO. Ngurla tribe, Roeburn, West Australia. SI. .Vrunta
tribe, Central Australia. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

82. Head ornament of egret plumes mounted in a small
mass of beeswax. Kakadu tribe, E. Alligator River, Northern
Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

83. Ornamient consisting of a bunch of split black-coloured
goose and white cockatoo feathers mounted on a handle made
of stalks wound round with string coated over with beeswax.
Kakadu tribe, E. Alligator River, Xortliern Territorv.
(Presented by Mr. P. Cahill.)

84. Ornament consisting of a bunch of split native com-
panion feathers mounted on a handle of stalks wound round
with string made from banyan-bark. The coil of string is
worn over the head, the tuft hanging down the middle of the
back. Kakadu tribe, E. Alligator River. (Presented bv
Mr. P. Cahill.)

85. Head ornament consisting of a bunch of owl feathers
attached to a stick by means of tendon. l*ort George IV.,
A"orth-West Australia.

CLOTHING AND ORNAMENT. (Case 13.)

1. Man's dress of strips of pelican skin attached to a cord
of human hair string. Lake Callabonna, South Australia.

2. Man's dress of rabbit tails. Lake Frome, South Aus-
tralia.

3-10. Woman's dress or apron of red ochred fnr string.
3, 4, 5, 7, 10. Macarthur River, Northern Territory. 6, 8,
9. Barrow Creek, Central Australia. (3-10 presented by
Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

11-22. Tassels of fur string. 11-15. Macarthur River,
Northern Territory. 16, 21, 22. Arunta tribe, Central Aus-
tralia. 17-20. Barrow Creek, Central Australia. (Nos. 11-22
presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

2*1. OniailHMlt of jM-arl shrll aii<l ••mii l<!itinr>. * intrai

Aiisiralia.

24. Xt'tti'd strinj; girJU*. (iiianji trib,'. Macarthiir KivtT,
Xorilirrii Territory.

2.V2S. (Jinlh's «if huinaii hair siriiij*. C'rntral AiMiralin.
2!>. Fur-strinj; ginllf. Aninfa, Central Aii.sJraliu.

:i(). Fnr-^«»trin;; girdle Warraiiiiiiii^a, CiMitral Australia.

:U-:ir>. W'ium ginlU-s of vfgotable fibre string. All but '^\
r,(l oi'lirrd. :n. IJarrow Crcfk. (\'iitral Australia. '.\'2-'<i't.
Macartiiur Kivtr, XDrtlimi 'rirrii»)ry.

( Xos. 24-.'Jr» i»rt>si>utrd bv rn>fcsst>r SpenctT and .Mr. 1". .1.
(Jill.-n.)

'Mi. Waist bi'lt of niui'-iMonntain |>arak«'('t f«>atl»'rs. Dar-
win. ( l*rt',<iMit«'d by Mr>. .\. ('. Lewis.)

37. Waist ornament of j)arrot feathors. Mara nil.-
.Matartliur Kivcr. Xortbern Territory.

3S. Head or neek band of string, with th.' bill of a .-|mjuii-
bill attached. Macarthur KiviT. Xortbern Ti-rritory.

.•5!>-41. Xei-klets of string, and rings of wild beeswax. Mae-
arthnr Kivcr, X'orthcrn T> rrifory.

42-47. Featlu'r n eklets. Mara tribe, Maearthur Hiv«»r,
X'orthern Territory. 42, 43. An* of parrot feathers. 44-47.
Of fratbiM-s of tlje galah or rosi'-l>reast»'d ciu-katoo.

4^-."><i. Xeeklets of kangaroo te?th attaehed to .string w-ith
wild beeswax. Macarthur Kiver, Xortbern Territory. ( Xos.
37-50 presented by Professor Sjx'neer and Mr. F. .J. (iillen.)

57. 5S. String necklets. .'.^. Macarthur Kiv r, .\orth«-rn
Territory.

5I»-G2.* Xeckbands of fur cords. Macarthur Kiver, .Xortb-
ern Territory. 01, 62 have pendants nunle from the hair of
rabbit-bandicoot tail-tips; and 61 has a* well an ornament of
kangaroo tet-tb .set in be swax. (Xos. 58-62 pr.- nt.d bv
Profe.s.sor Spencer and Mr. F. .1. Gillen.)

63-6.'». Tassels of fur strings attached to luad-bana.-.
Macarthur Kiver, Xortbern Territory.

66. Ornanuiit of p»'arl shell atta<hed to a string hcad-
baiul; worn by men. Xortbern Territory. { Xo- •'•» r.T or.-
scnted by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iillen

67-6!». String chest-bands. Northern Territo-

70-72. String necklets, 71. Xorth.m T«rrii..
Macarthur Kiv<r, Northern Territ.:

73. Ileail ornament of kangai
X'ortbern Territory.

74, 75. Head ornaments of cbai cum* rin^s;

worn bv men. Xortbern Tirri;..r\

TC). Fcatlnr oniniiiciit, worn liy men, hanging down tlio
back of Tho licad. AUiuaior Kivcr, Northern Territory.

77-S4. riaiu and ornamented head-bands. 77, 78, 80, 82.
Ariuita tribe, Central Australia. 79, 83, 84. Macartliur
River, Northern Territory.

85-91. Forehead-bands of fur string plasterc(l with clay
and ornamented. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

92. Forehead-band (Chilara) of fur string. Arunta tribe,
Central Australia.

93-96. Forehead-bands of Avoven string decorated with
pigments. Maearthur Iviver, Northern Territory.

97. Ornament of fur cords terminated with tufts of
feathers. Tennant Creek, Central Australia.

98. Hea.d ornament of native goose feathers. Macartliur
River, Northern Territory.

99-103. Armlets of split rattan bound with string. Mae-
arthur River, Northern Territory. (Nos. 74-103 presented
by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

104-108. Armlets of plaited rattan. 103. 105. Maearthur
River. 106, 107, 108. Alligator River, Northern Territory.
(Presented by Professor Spencer.)

109-111. Armlets of rattan woven together with string.
Nortbern Territory.

112. Beard ornament of a piece of Nautilus shell. North
Queensland.

113. Corroboree ornament of a piece of Nautilus shell.
North Queensland.

114. Bark sandal, for walking on sand when it is hot.
West Kiniberley, West Australia. (Presented by Mr. G. A.
Keartland.)

115. Necklet of kangaroo and human teeth. From be-
tween Ord and Nigri Rivers, Kimberley district. West Aus-
tralia.

116. Necklet of kangaroo, horse, and human teeth, and
fish-tail bones. From between Ord and Nigri Rivers, Kim-
berley^ district. West Australia.

117. Necklet of lumps of porcupine-grass resin
(Triodia sp.) Tennant Creek, Central Australia.

118. Tassel of vegetable-fibre string. Tennant Creek.
Central Australia.

119. Necklet of fur string. North-West Australia.

120. Pad of emu feathers ornamented with two tufts of
bird's down, worn as a chignon on the back of the head by
Arunta and Luritja men. Central Australia. (Presented by
Professor Spencer.)

PLATE 13.

ORNAMENTS, SPINDLE.

PERSONAL ORNAMENTS. (Case 14.)
Thi> .s«rn-^ loiisisiH ol' uiiiaiiitriitii won* l»v natives of vari-
ous ('I'uiral AuMtraliuit trib(«.

1, 2, 3, 4, 5, 6. FlatU'iied ninssos of rc«in dor i veil from the
|>orciipine prns.s (Triodia mpp.), with rows of tho lowi-r front
twth of thf kuiiganto in.MTtftl along onr jnlpr. The .Hurface,
as in No. 5, may U* ornam«'ntr<| with itohm linc.H and, ax in
Xo. 3, two or thrif may b«' fastrninl top*thrr by .strand.s of
human hair string, by means al.><o of wliich the ornamont is
tied on to the head of a woman so that it hangs down over hor
forehead. Worn by women of the Kaitish, Warramunga,
and other Northern (Vntral Australian tribe*. No. JJ from
the Kakadu tribe, Alligat»)r River. ( l*resente«i by rr«>-
fesiior SiM-neer.) (Fig. 13*^.)

7. A stran«l of human hair string with a small mass of
porcupine-grass resin at each end to which is atta<'ln*l a
pair of . i.'l. li.iuk iImu- Warramunga tribe, C»Mitr:il Aus-
tralia.

8. A head •'rna:a<ui, cuii.-isting of a strand of human nair
string, to which are attaciied by nn'ans of resin the lower
jaws and 1 -g-l>ones of some .«mall marsupial, such as a tiger
cat, as well as the front teeth of a kangaroo. Worn by
women of the Iliaura tribe. Central .Vustralia. This orna-
ment is closely similar to one of tlie large numb<T of pen-
dants which altogether form the mourning chaplet worn on
the head of women during the performance of the final cere-
mony at the grave of a dead relative.

9. -V neck-ban<l nuule of si.\ straivds of well-greas«-d and
red ochred fur or human hair string. The two einls. which
are tied together, are «h-corated with tlu- lower jaws an«l leg-
bonen of a snuill marsupial and with the tail-tips of the rabbit-
kangaroo (I'eragale lagotis)^ all of which are fasteneil on
with porcupine-gra.ss resin. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

10-lS. Neck-bands, very similar in structure to Xo. 9, but
without l>one ornaments. No. 10 has the tail-tip of a rabbit-
kangaroo; and Nos. 11 and 12 the tail-tip of a <iingo. .Vrunta
tribe-. Native name. Okincha-lanina. (Fig. 141.)

19, 20. .\ special stran«i of fur string which is worn so that
the ends, each of which is ornamentitl with the tail-lip of tho
rabbit-kangaroo, hang down tlie back of the man who haa
pasM^i through the seriei4 of ceremonies which constitutu
in the Arunta and other Central Australian tribis the final
initiation ceri'mony, and to which the name Fng>vura is given.
Native nauH'. Wupira.

21. Ornament, called I^-da, worn by a young boy when firnt
he takes part in initiation ceremonie«. Made of banyan bark

sti'iiiii-, worn roiuul the neck with :i pendant down the middle
of the hack. The terminal piice of wood is supposed to repre-
sent his knee and to aid in strengthening this. Iwaidji tribe,
Northern Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

22. Feath/r ornaments made to re[)resent Howers. Worn
on the heads of women. Kakadu tribe, A'orthern Territory.
(Presented by Professor Spencer.)

23. Head ornament ina.de out of the head of a Blue-
mountain parakeet, Avith attatdied knob of beeswax. Kakadu
tribe, ISTorthern Territory. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

24. Wonuin's head ornament of kangaroo teeth embedded
in beeswax. Daly Kiyer, North: rn Territory. (Presented
by Mr. R. D. Boys.)

PERSONAL ORNAMENTS. (Case 15.)

This series illustrates various forms of ornaments made out
of bone, Avood, and shell.

1, 2. Kangaroo leg-bones (fihiila), pointed at one end.
Western Australia. Xative name, Yauarda or ]\runl)arra.
(Fig. 140.)

3. A piece of bone from which sections are cut. off for
insertion into the nasal septum. Lower Murray. Native
name, Kolko.

4. Piece of reed inserted into the hole bored in tlii^ nasal
septum. After the hole has been pierced by the Ixnie awl
used for this purpose, a piece of reed is slipped over the point
into the hole, and the awl then withdrawn through the reed,
M'hich is left behind to prevent the hole from closing up.
The size of the reed is gradually increased to admit of the
insertion of the nose bone.

5. Short nose bone, worn by natives on the Murray Eiver.
Native name, Mili-mili-u.

6. 7, 8, 9. Four nose bones ornamented with incised lines.
Victoria. Native name, Nautekaua.

10. Wooden nose stick ornamented Avith incised lines.
EaAV tribe, Northampton, West Australia.

11, 12, 13, 14. A series of nose bones made out of the hol-
low bone (radius) of a bird's Aving. One end is tipped Avith
porcuj)ine-grass resin, and the other has the tail-tip of the
rabbit-kangaroo inserted into it. Arunta tribe. Central Aus-
tralia. Native name, Lalkira.

15, 16, 17. Three nose bones made by splitting a holloAv
bone and then grinding doAvn the rough odges. Tavo of them
are ornamented Avith bands of incised lines. Arunta tribe.
Central Australia. Native name, Lalkira.

IS. Three Avooden spindle-shaped ornaments Avorn in the
hair. Whajuk tribe. West Australia.

l;'. I/O, -21. Thr..- rt...;: .

•W manja .-rn tribes, and traded

sou;.. .. ...... the cen!i..i j...i i .i in- • outinent. They are worn

as onianuMits by men. siispendtHl fithiT from the neck or
waist. Kach is iiilai*h-«l to a straiul <if inuiian hair ^irin;;
by a small mass of pon-npiiM'-tTiKi rt'siii. Tln-y art* also iisi'jI
for magic purposes in >ii with the fhariiiiiif; of

women. Aniiita tribe. ' Australia. N'.iti..- nanif.

Lonka-Ionka.

22. 2.1. Two snuill ami oik* large shell oriiaiiKni. wiin tin-
zig-zag pattern charaeti'ristic of Wi-stoni Australian objects.
Xo. 2.'l from KiM>burii, W«'stcni Australia. Xative name,
Bedoan.

24. Two slu'll ornaments from QuetMisland; worn attached
to twine suspended! from the neck. Xative name, Karri-la.

2.'». Small slat of wood made of Acacia acuminata. us;-d for
decorating the hair. Majanna tribe. Western Australia.

26, 27. Kounded sticks nuide of darrah, and used as li«-ad
ornaments. Kaw tribe, Xorthainpton, Westirn Australia.

2f< 29, Two curiously-riaked sticks usod by certain of the
South, Central, and Xorth-West Australian tribs. A piece
of wood is taken, and then by means of a sharp-i'dged riake of
<|uartzite, which is often enclosed in the mass of resin on the
handle of a sp«'ar thrower, a s ries of shavings are tlaked off.
but in .such a way that ihey are not completely S4parated otT
from the central stick. Tliey are so thin that each one curls
rouikd and, as they are nuide along a closj-set spiral line, the
general appearance of a plume is pnxluced. In some tribes
they are mer-ly worn by the men sku hea«l ornaments, just as
feather plumes are, but in others, as, for example, the north-
ern Arunta living in the Macdonnell Kanges, they are worii
during .s«Tious fights wh^n it is intended t-j kill men. The
- of an avenging party, after killing their v;
: these Haked sticks, which tlu>y always wear on
an occasion, out of their hair, break them in pieces, and
throw thenj on to the body of the dead man, after which »'" v
are tabu and must not b<> touched by anv one. Arunta
Central An--- ' ■ - !»- ■ . i i. V- - - ^-
(Fig. 142.)

'Ml Head .1 ;,

twig. liarr.- '

31. Two head ornaments oi rings ol red-ochnxJ Ie;i-

lie«| to srirk, T.r,,,Mn- fr.. I , I'r ...I i.v |'r..-.

.'^pi-n.'«-r

•{2. Il<-iii «tii-K f;i>ji''i \\;in rut icaTinr- nt tii<-
'* Xative Companion.**

HUMAN HAIR STRING. (Case 16.)

The customs witli rt-garJ to liuniau hair diller much in
various tribes. In some it is believed that the possessioii of
even a minute fragment of the hair of any individual gives
to its possessor the power to work evil upon the man from
whom it has been cut ; and, therefore, amongst such tribes all
fragments of hair are most carefully .destroyed, lest they
should fall into the hands of an enemy. In others there is
no such belief, and human hair is much prized for the pur-
pose of making string, which is woven into girdles, kc. This
series shows the various stages in the manufacture.

I. Hair in its natural state.

2-5. Strands of hair string ready to be made up into girdles.
Arunta and other Central Australian tribes.

6, 7. Strands of very fine hair string. Queensland.

8. Hair string gir-dle worn round the waist by men of the
Arunta, Ilpirra, Warramunga, and other Central Australian
tribes. The hair of which these girdles are principally made
must be given by a woman to her son-in-law.

9. Hair string girdle made of a mixture of human hair and
opossum fur string. Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

10. A ball of human hair string, such as is used in the mak-
ing of various sacred ceremonial objects, or for tying on the
head-dress worn during the performance of many corroborees.
Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

II. Spindle usad to manufacture hair string. Eaw tribe,
Northampton. West Australia. (Fig. 137.) The illustration
represents a man of the Arunta tribe using the spindle.

12. Spindle used to manufacture hair string. Kakadu
tribe, j^orthern Territory. Xative name, Kopeida. (Pre-
sented by Professor Spencer.)

13. Spindle used to manufacture hair string. Arunta tribe,
Tempe Downs, Macdonnell Range, Xorthern Territory.

MANUFACTURE OF TWINE. (Case 17.)
In the manufacture of twine (apart from that which is
made from human hair) three materials are used — (1)
vegetable fibre, (2) sinew, (3) fur of various animals. The
twine thus made is often closely similar to, and quite as strong
as, much of that which is made by white men. The string or
twine consists usually of two twisted strands plied together,
there seldom being more than two plies, whereas in the ordi-
nary string manufactured by white men there is seldom less
than three plies. An inspection of the nets, &c., made out of
native twine will show how closely similar this is to the
-European material.

1. Girdle cf string made of vegetable fibre. Queensland.

PLATE 14.

FIRE MAKING, MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS, PLAYTHINGS.

:i . : ■ . ■ •

. . .iblr fibr*' used for making twini" hy lb Aruiit.i
iriU". Central Australia.

4. Tii» of ilu* tail of a Euro (A/ - - ^

Muvw attarhcil to it. This sinew is n

illp O! iKlI-,

k'., :x: It i"

v lirawu mil iruui ihi- lail uiiJ U%!> uf a kaiipartxi
. . ;.»iu llu' l«'gs of an emu before cooking the animals.
Arunta tribf, Central Australia.

' ^inew from kangaroo tail. Lower Murray Kiver.

name, Wiri-ran-me.
•j. iiaml made from opossum fur string. .\runta trilw.
Central An-Jiralia.

7. (, \v of bamlieoot fur string. Arunta tribe,

Centr;i ia.

s, 9, IM. Hails of string n'a<ly for use, made out of opossum
fur string. Central and Western .Vustralia.

11. Spindle for twisting the fur into strinir. When in use
hoto in human hair rase) the implement is made to
.y moving the left hand U|> and down the thigh, go
;ic. :u turn rountl the long handle of the spindle, u' ' " *he
same time the string, as it is formed, is eontinii "«1

with fre^h material, whieh is lu-ld in tin- right haiul. Kar-
dagur tribe, Hunbury, Western .Vustralia. Native name,
liulgu.

\-J. .*^pindle for making fur string. Native name, Kilgara.
Warramnnea tribe. Central .\ustralia, (Presented by l*ro-
S|)eneer and Mr. F I C-'l- >

FIRE MAKING. (Case 18.)

Thiei series illustr.tt. - ! :1 • !ri'.M« m^thorl* em-

ploye«l by Australian natives tor pr n-

jjj,i f*..ifiir.- ..r -ill ..r till-Ill ,-,.!i«i,'. !• .' r

ui
a

1, -', .;. - r.

'J'b'"^** Mr»' 'a

at ^»

it. •'?

their teet U|»ot to pn'\

Then with eo; '5i' \

sjH'ar thrower it, with the re-
sult that a gro«»\« u iii;i"i' m >■•> --^ '.... Id, and the beat

procluood by the friftion is so great that the powdered wood
in tlie groove begins to glow and take fire. A considerable
nnniber of the shields carried by the natives show a series of
charred grooves similar to those in the specimens, indicating
that thev have been used for the ])nrpose of fire making.
(Figs. 149, 150.)

4-11. These illustrate the ])rodnction of fire by means
of a drilling motion. In each case there ip; a piece_ of soft
wood which is placed on the ground and held in position by
the feet, wliile a longer piece of wood is twisted rapidly round
and round upon it by the hands. (Figs. 153, 154.)^ 4.
Belonging to the Woe-wurong tribe, Victoria. 5, 6, 7, 8.
Queensland. 9. jSTorthern Territory. 10. Xorth-West Aus-
tralia. 11. Xorthern Territory. (Presented by Trofessor
Spencer.)

12, 13, 14. Sticks for drilling, with their pointed ends
enclosed in a sheath of grass-tree resin ornamented with
beans. Used by the natives of Xorthern Queensland and the
Torres Strait Islands. (Fig. 151.)

15, 16. These represent the fixed pieces over which another
piece is rubbed. A small branch is taken, one end is split,
and a wedge inserted so as to keep the two halves apart ;
then a little matt of dried grass or material suitable for tinder
is placed in the split, and over this a piece of hard wood is
rapidly rubbed, backwards and forwards, with the result that
heated sparks fly off and set fire to the tinder. (Fig. 152.)
15. Queensland.^ (Presented by Mr. A. W. Howitt.) 16.
Head of Thomson River, Xorthern Queensland. (Presented
by Mr. Robt. Christison.)

BONE NEEDLES, AWLS, FISHING HOOKS, Etc.

(Case 19.)

For the purpose of manufacturing certain articles, such as
clothing, fishing nets, t&rc, the natives utilize as tools materials
ready to hand in the form of wood and bone, and even the
naturally shai'pened strong spines of the Echidna. Out of
bone or wood sharpened at the point they make awls and
needles, and from bone they carve out fish hooks. In no case
do they ever appear to have used any form of metal, that is,
in their natural state, for since the advent of the white man
the native has readily made use of any odd scraps of iron
which he could obtain, perceiving the superiority of this to
his own bone and wooden implements. The specimens in
this case illustrate the simple but, at the same time, often
effective nature of their tools.

1. Mesh stick of Myal wood (Acacia IxomaJoplnjlla), used
for the making of fishing nets.

2. Mesh rttirk of JarraJi ( Eucalyplus marginata), orna-
nifittrii with zig-za^' N'giirhi tribo, K<M'l>urii, ^^^»s^t
Australia.

3. A 8inaII shib of wood decorated with red and white,

and with a pitHv of native string attachM to it; stat- ' *
havf Iwt'n WM'i] as a float for fishing. Thr material
generally use«l for this purpose was hark. Vietoria.

4. Sr..ii.-K, :it?:ii-lii-.! ;i> -iiikir> f.i a fl-ili'iiir ti<-l. (Jii.-«-iih-
lan.l

't. [• i-li ii.M.K I'ur MiK III IhiiiiiTi-. -..'nil. i II.' Mill- i- iiia'if ot
vegetable fibre. Koekiiighani Hay. (Queensland.

»;. Fi>li hook made out of bone. The line is nui«le of the
fibre-bark of the *' lightwood." Lake Tyers, (iippsland.

7. Fish hook made of shell, with short sinew string. Port
Lincoln, South Australia.

8, Fish hook made of bono. I)aly Kiver. Xorthorn
Ti'rritory.

I). 10, 11. li'. i:5. Five tit^h lio-.ks in whieh the shaft is
made of bone or wood and the jioint of bone. The two ore
fastened togt'ther by string, whieh is covered with a lump of
resin. Daly Kiver, Xortlurn Territory.

14. Awl made out of the thigh-bone of the emu. I'sed for
•ewing rugs, and also for pieroing the nasal septum. Calh'd
Pinki on the Lower Murray liiver.

ir>. Two bone needles. .Vortbern (Queensland.

IG. Five bone awls. Sand hummoeks between Tower Hill
and Port Fairy. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.)

17. IJundle of wooden pegs, the nharp points of whieh have
been hardene<l by fire; u.sed as awls. Queen.sland.

18. A small, neatly-made bone needle with an eye, to which
a piece of native string is attached. Victoria.

19. A bunille of sharply-|>ointe«l hone awls, called Minder-
min. WtK>-wurong trib*-, Vietoria.

20. Pone awl. Harrow Creek. Central Australia. (Pre-
sented by Prof<'Ssor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Clillen.)

21. 22. Sharp spines of the Kehidna. Two of them have
been extracted along with a Amall part of the thick skin,
which forms a head to the implement. The spines are «.so<l
OS lancets for bh-t-iling the sick, and for extracting thorns,
&c. Victoria.

23. Two bone owls, called Mindermiii. Taken from «
sand dune near slndl mounds at Cafw 1' ' i.

24. 2'k Bone awls, fron» sand dunes. ' iria.
26. Six bone implements pointefl a\ hotii ends; said to be

ti.sed for catching fish. .Sand hummocks between Tower Hill
and Port Fairy. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.)

27. Imiik' awl or fisli hook, wiili loiiii-itudiiial ;>-roove on
one side. Xear Slielford, Victoria,

28. A somewliat elaborate wooden awl ornanicnted at the
handle, and with a small spherical mass of human hair string
woinul round the middle of its length.- Queensland.

2!i. Twd wooden awls, u^rd ais needles for sewing skins
togelhcr. (^)ueenslan(l.

30. Four split bones, tised as gouges. "Warraniunga and
Kaitish tribes. Central Australia, (rrcscnted by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

31. Lower jaw of an oi)Ossuni, the front tooth of wliich is
used for incising patterns on wood and stone, and also for
drilling holes through the same. Arunta tribe, Central
Australia.

02. Xine bone implements from sand dunes between Tower
Hill and Port Fairy. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.)

33. Bone awls, found on sand dune, AVilson's Promontory,
Victoria. ( Presented by Mr. J. A. Kershaw.)

INSTRUMENTS USED FOR CUTTING AND SCRAPING.

(Case 20.)

The material most frequently used for cutting purposes is
stone of various kinds, but, for both cutting and scraping,
the sharp edge of shells and teeth, and more rarely a chipped
or ground bone is also used. Most often the cutting edge is
mounted in some resinous material, and is thus attached to a
handle, the gum or resin used being derived from grass trees
(Xanthorrha'a), from the Porcupine grass (Triodia) or from
the Ironwood Tree (Erythrophlceiim sp.) After coming into
contact Avith the whites, the natives usually substitute for
stone, chips of glass or of porcelain insulators from telegraph
poles, or small flat pieces of iron ground down to a sharp
edge.

1, 2. A combined cutting instrument and spear thrower.
This is very frequently met Avith in the central and western
areas of the continent, and is the most important cutting-
instrument by which spears, shields, and all wooden imple-
ments are made. ISTo. 1 is from Arunta tribe. Central Aus-
tralia ; native name, Am.era. 'No. 2 is from Western Aus-
tralia; native name, Miro.

3. Most probably this was originally a combined cutting
instrument and s])ear thrower, but has had the point for in-
sertion into the spear broken off, and mav then, possibly,
have been used as a club as well as a cutting instrument.
Xgurla trib.', lioeburn, Western Australia.

4. ', 7, ^- ' ittiiip mid scraping ii)«truiiu>iit8, the cutting
surfncf bfing forimtl bv a series of flakes of flint ( r<'|»lacc<l by
plass in 7 and S). Tlie resin is made from the jjrajw* tree.
The native name of the instrument is Dabba or Tabba. All
are from West Australia. (Fig, 159.)

9. Cutting instrument, with a single flake of quartz at-
tached ' !•(•<' resin to the end of a sliort piice of wood.
This n- I sliape a small adze. "West Australia.

ll». .V torm of stone knife, the Idade consisting of quartzite
which has been chipped t«o as to form a s<'rraie«l cutting edge.
The stone is fixj'd to the slick, which serves as a handle, by
grass-tree resin and twine. From north of the Murray
Kiver, New South "Wales.

11. A tool calh'd Lianj-ualert, with which the uativj-s xi^-d
to ornament their wooden weapons, such jw shields. It
consists of the lower jaw of an opossum fastened to a stick l»y
twine and resin. The twine is made from the fibrous bark of
Eucahiptus ohliiiiiii. The incisor tooth acts a** a suuiU gouge.
Woe-wurong tribe, Victoria. (Fig. 103.)

12. The lower jaw of an opossum, th<> incisor tooth of which
is used as a cutting instrument for marking designs on stone
and wooden Churinga. Arunta tribe. (V-ntral Australia.
{ Presi'iited by ProfiY^sor Spc-ncer and Mr. F. J. (Jillen.)

l.'i. Shell of the fresh-water mussel, us«'d as scrapers.
Victoria.

14. Shell used as a scraper or knife. \aiivc name,
Kaukeri. Xorthcrn (Queensland.

l.'>. Shell scraper. Port L ncoln. South Australia.

16. Cutting instrument consisting of a snmll flint flake
set in the side of a handle uuule of porcupine-grass n-sin.
Native luime, Erung. Kuraniinea tribe, Xorth-West Aus-
tralia.

17. Portion of the shoulder blade, probably of a large
kangaroo. The fractured niargin has Inn-u scraped down to a
.sharp cutting cilge. The instrumi-nf is used for cutting yniufl.
The latter are first cooked on hot stones in water, after ulii<h
they arc out up and .soaked again before being eaten, llopcr
River, Xortheni Territory. (Presented by Profes.sor

FOODS. DECORATING MATERIALS. NARCOTICS.
FIXATIVES, Etc. (Case 21.)

(FOODS.)

1 impossible to exhibit, except in a very inouffirieut

w.iy. •ipecimens of native fo..' ' - •* - •' ■

thing that is edible is eaten.

Aiuoiiiist the hiiiluT vci'tcliralc aiiiuiaLs jtractipally every
mammal, bird, reptile, froi;, and fish that has enough flesh
on it to make it worth eating serves as an article of food in
some part of the Continent or another. In most cases the
food is cooked either on an open fire, or in a closed oven,
made by digging a hole in the ground, heating stones, placing
the food covered with grass or leaves on the latter, and then
filling in the earth. Amongst invertebrate animals, shell-fish
of various forms, mussels, cockles, Arc, are eaten in numbers,
their dead shells lying in heaps beside the cooking places,
forming, on many parts of the sea-coast, shell mounds of
great extent. Various forms of insects, such as Bogong moths
(Agrotis suffusa) and larvae of moths, beetles, and ants are
much relished, and, where obtainable, the honeycomb of wild
bees is a favourite diet. Amongst plants tlie seeds of many
species of grass and water lilies, and the sporocarps of
MarsUea quadrifolia, commonly called jSTardoo, are gathered
by the women in great quantities, and ground up to form
cakes. In parts where they grow, various forms of yams
form a staple vegetable diet, as also do the stalks and roots
of water lilies.

1. Bean of Acacia {sp.) ; used as food. Dieri tribe,
Cooper's Creek, Central Australia.

2. Fruit of the Bunya Bunya (Araiicaria BkhviUil) ; used
as food. Queensland.

3. Manna, made by the lerp insect living on species of
Eucalyptus, and used as food. Queensland.

4. Native rice {Oryza sativa), " Kineyah."' Gulf District,
North Queensland. (Presented by Mr, H. Hopkins.)

5. Pieces of " damper " or cake made from native rice
{Oryza sativa). Xorth Queensland. (Presented by Mr. H.
Hopkins.)

5a. Nardu (variously spelt Nardoo, Ardoo, Gnadu, or
Gnadunnea) is the name given originally by the Yantru-
wunta tribe, near Lake Eyre, to the plant MarsUea quadri-
folia, popularly known as the clover fern. The sporocarps
(commonly called seeds) are very numerous, and lie close to
the roots. They are first of all cleaned, then pounded on
stone, and the resultant " flour " is mixed Avitli water and
made into cakes. It was on this Xardu that King, the sur-
viving member of the Burke and Wills Expedition, subsisted
mainly until in October, 1861, he was rescued by A. "W.
Howitt on the banks of Cooper's Creek. During the wet
season, the Nardu grows in abundance in shallow ]>ools, its
clover-like leaves flecking the surface of the water. The hard

sporooarps ripen after the water dries up, nnd jM-rsiHt for a
long time. From tlie Old Peake Station, near Lake Eyre.
(Presentetl by Professor Spenrer.)

r»n. SiMHJs or Sporoearps of Xardn. Thesr are some of the
aetual specimens eolleetetl by Bnrke, Wills, and King at
Cooper's Creek. Tlu'v were found by l>r. A. \V. Ilowitt, at
their eamp, in 1S61. (Presented by Miss K. H. liowill.)

6. Xardn. the spore oases of Marsilca qmulri folia: these
are pounded and made into a eake. Dieri tribe, Cooj)er*8
Creek. Central Austral'a.

7. Irriaknra, the bulb of Cifpcru.t rntumlus; used as a food.
Arunta and other tribes, Central Australia.

S. Cake nuide out of seeds of the water lily. I'mbaia
tribe. Central Australia.

9. Inpwiti'hika or Munyeru, the s<<d of Clai/lonia
halotmetusis ground up on stone and made into a paste and
then cooked; used as food. Artmta and other tribes, Central
Australia.

10, 11. Tjainda. a srrass t^eed. and eake made of the same.
The .seed is ground up, mi.\«'d with wat<'r, aiid us<>d for mak-
ing cakes. Harrow Creek, Central Australia.

12. Itata, a gra.ss seed ground up and used for making
cakes. Harrow Creek, Central Australia.

13. Cake made from gra.-^ »iH^d in bark receptacle.
Harrow Creek, Central Australia.

14. Krlipinna, gra.ss seed used for nuiking cakes. Barrow
Creek, Central Australia. (7-14 pre.'H'nted by Pn»fes.sor
Spencer and ^fr. F. J. Gillen.)

If). Clay, called " Kai-e." baked in ashes and eaten by the
natives of the L«iwer Herbert Ilivrr. \..rrli (,>U'^ :i«1:iii.l.
(Presented by Mr. J. CJaggin.)

16. Tiritipana, a grass seed, groiuici uji mum i i sir ;ii;ik-

ing cak«'S. t'raltunna tribe.

17. Madlakadui-kati. •»(><m1 of a plant ground up and u.He<i
for makincr cakes. Crabunna tri1)e.

15. Kndnang' rta-k.iti. •^•<-<| of a plant grotind up and )i-< I
for making cakes, rrabunna tril)e.

19. Kurangulla, a grass seed, ground up and use<i for nuik-
ing cakes, rrabuniui tribe.

20. Katnungara, seed of Claiflonia halonn^nsin, ground up
nnd use(l for making caki-s. rrabunna tribe.

21. 22. Two cakes or " damiH'rs " ma<le from i)ounded-up
lily se<'ds; after l)eing baked they are carried about in
roughly nuide ** paper-bark " baskets. .Mligator River,
Northern Territory.

23. Mnpingalu, poundocl-up Avliite-aiit hill; caton as a onro
for colds by the natives of the Kakadu tribe. East Allipitor
River, Xortlieni Territory. (16-23 presented hy Profesi^or
Spencer.)

(DECOR AT IXd MATERIALS.)

24. Powdered red ochre, a haematite, used for decorating
the body during the ])erforniance of ceremonies. Daly River,
Northern Territory.

25. Shell (Milo diadcma) and yellow ochre used -whilst
decorating the bodies of performers. Melville Island. (Pre-
sented by Professor Spencer.)

26. Mass of Avhite friable stone, which is ground up and
used for .decorating the bodies of men performing cere-
monies. Kakadu tribe, Xorthern Territory. (Presented by
Professor Spencer.)

27. A mass of charcoal mixed with grease, used for de-
corating the body during the performance of ceremonies.
Central Australia.

28. Kaolin, used by the aboriginals to jiaint their bodies,
ornaments, implements, kc. Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

29. Wilgi, a pipeclay used by the aboriginals of the
Whajuk and Ballardong tribes, Western Australia, for
decorating their bodies when mixed Avith grease.

30. Kaolin, used for decorating hy the aboriginals of the
Victoria and Ord Rivers, East Kiniberley, Western Aus-
tralia.

31. Red ochre, used by the aboriginals of the Xgurla tribe,
Western Australia, for decorating their bodies.

32. Red ochre, taken from a special red ochre pit situated
near the River Jay in the Macdonnell Ranges, Central Aus-
tralia. The pit belongs to a local group of the Arunta tribe,
and has been worked for generations past. It is ground up
and used extensively for decorating their bodies and imple-
ments. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

33. Red ochre (hsematite). A lump like this is usually
carried about by a man when ceremonies are in progress.
It is ground up and used for decorations. Arunta tribe,
Central Australia. (Presented hy Professor Spencer and
Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

34. Red ochre, Avrappod in bark and human hair string.
From between the Ord and Xigri Rivi-rs, Xorth-West Aus-
tralia.

35. Wad (?), a manganese ore, obtained near Ilenbury in
the Macdonnell Ranges, Central Australia, and used for
decorating the body. When ground up it has a dark pearl-
grey tint. Arunta tribe.

36. A !■ -' oxwlr. ^;Ma;.a up an«1v. WarraimiuuM tribi-,

Cmk. (Antral Australia. (Pn'sH'iitttl by I'rofpiwor Sjicucur
anil Mr. F. J. liilK-n.)

37. Bird's down, niixiil with piiMu-lay. in a bark wrappt-r.
Botweon the Ord and Xijiri Kivi-r«, North-West Australia.

3S. Six brushes nuule from twigs with their ends fraycvl
out; us'd for decorating tlie body or ceremonial object during
tlie performance of ceremonies. Native name, Jajin.
Kakadu tribe, Nortliern Territory. (Presented by Professor
SpcnciT.)

39. Cane sticks with the ends frayed out so as to serve as
brushes for decorating the bodi<'s of men performing cere-
monies. Nativf name. Tjeinjal. Northern Queen.sland.

(NARcorirs.)

■10. I'lturi, the leaves of Jhthnisia Ilopiroodii : chewed and
ust»d as a narcotic, and also placed in wator holes to stupefy
(inus. Queensland.

41. IJas of Pituri. the haves of Duhnissia llopwoodii:
carried in this way it is traded over long distances in Central
Australia. Arunla tribe. C.-ntral Australia.

(FIXATIVH.S.)

42. Resin obtained from the porcupine grass (Triodia.sp.) ;
us<'d for haftiiig knives, spears, Arc. Arunta tribe. C.ntrnl
Australia. Thi» resin is in the form of a sticky colourless
s<"cretion on the surface of the gra.ss stalks, niore especially
at the nodes. The aboriginals cut the grass up info short
lengths when it is perfectly dry. They then burn it on a
piece of bark, blowing away the burnt remnants of the grass.

43. A lump of berswax use<l for hafting stone knives and
spears and in the making of ornament.s, A:c. Kakadu and
other tribes. Northern Territory. (Presented by Profe<.s4»r
Spencer.)

44. A ma.HS of resin ca\hd Pidgerong, derived from a
grass tree ( Xanfhitrrhaa sp.) Western Australia.

45. Portion of root of an Ironwood tre«' { Hriflhrophla'um
iMbinirherii), from which the alM»riginaN sin-ure a resin. The
outer .surface is scraped ofT, and uinlerneath this is a thin
layer of a dark resinous nuiterial which is chip|M><l ofT and then
moulded by h> at into a mass. Kakadu name is Ka|>ei;
on Melville Island it is calle<l Netima. (Prtsented by Pro-
fessor Spencer.)

46. A small mass of n*sin made as above do«cribed (45),
and carrieil about for ready use. Melville Island. (Pre-
bented by I'rofessor S|K'nccr.)

MUSICAL INSTRUMENTS. (Case 22.)

1-."). " Droiic-tubes," commonly called '' 'J'rumjx'ts," made
out of the naturally hollowed-out branch of a tree. One end
has a riug of resin, and through this the performer sings, the
sound of the voice being intensified. 1, 2. Arunta tribe,
Central Australia. (Fig. 145.) 3, 4. Macarthur River,
Northern Territory. 5. Powell Creek, Northern Territory.

6. " Drone-tube," made out of bamboo. Anula tribe, Mac-
arthur River, ]S'orthern Territory. (Presented by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

7-10. "Drone-tubes" from the Kakadu tribe. East Alliga-
tor River, N"ortheriL Territory. (Presented by Professor
Spencer.)

11, 12. Musical instruments, used by certain of the tribes
in Central Australia. One part, which has projecting points,
is held in the left hand while it is struck by the other. This
instrument is used during corroborees to mark time. Arunta
tribe, Central Australia. Native name, Trora. Presented
by Professor Spencer.) (Figs. 146, 148.)

13. Two sticks which are supjDOsed to represent small
frogs, and are used during the performance of a ceremony
connected with the frog totem by the members of the Arunta
tribe. Central Australia. These specimens are two out of
about thirty which were made on one occasion. They were
hidden during the daytime in a mound of earth on the ground
where the sacred ceremonies were performed. At night-time
they were taken out, and then, accompanied by the con-
tinuous clunk, clunk of the sticks, the men for two or three
bours chanted refrains, the burden of which was some such
simple phrase as " The frogs of Imanda are good " or " The
frogs came out of the trees." (Fig. 147.) (Presented by
Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

14. Two sticks, probably used for keeping time during the
singing or corroborees. Victoria.

15. A remarkable " Drone-tube " of great size, made from a
naturally hollowed-out branch of a tree. It can be liear.d at
a long distance. The instrument is to be regarded as the
property of the camp. Bloomfield River, Queensland.
(Presented by Mr. Dudley Le Souef.)

LETTER OR MESSAGE STICKS. (Case 23.)
Mr. AValter E. Roth, in his EthnographicaJ Studies among
the North-Wesf-Central Queensland Aborigines, says that
the letter or message stick is " usually a piece of Avoad,
gidyea, ti-tree, or any other convenient, coloured perhaps
black, red, or yellow, from 2 to 4 or more inches in length,

cut to various shaiM-s. from Hat to rouml. ami inoiHttl with
various marks or patterns; oivasionally. if tin- wmU'r is in
n hurry or too hizy to inanufacturo ont\ it may consist of
some iHH'uliarly marked twig in the rough, a phiin piec- of
wootl cut to sha|»««. a snuill hundle of rags tieil rouini an«l
rouml with hair siring twine. (»r cotton. Arc. It means nothing
more than a sort of hraiul or mark iM-lunging to an in<livi«lual
who. so K»ng as he is abh- to recognise it again, or oth rs for
him. can vary it at will in shape, size, or design; in other
words, two which happen to be totally uidikc may be accom-
paniments of the identical message. More than anything
else, the stick acts as a sort of guarantee of good faith, to
show tliat there is " no gamn»on,'' and nuiy at times act as a
safeiruar I or passport over otherwise hostih* country. There
is notliing on it in tiie form of a communication which can
actually be read, the substitute or mess;Miger invariably
carrying the message- by word of ujouth. The messenger is
in ail cases an adult man, never a woman, and a person, such
as a brother, A:c., whom it is known can be trusted. With
regard to the particular shapes and designs of these message
slicks, there are traces of .similarity even over large areas
of country. In the Houlia district they ar • riatteneil, gene-
rally thiiiner at the edges than elsewhere, roundeJ or more
or less pointecl at the extremities, and incised only with
straight lines. Thesi- straight lines are i-ither parallel with,
at an angle, or across each other, and repnseiit quite arbi-
trarily anything which the manufacturer chooses, from a
mountain or a river to a station homestead. Sometimes
the comparatively large size of the head station or chief
encampment has been attempted in an extra number of lines
or cross-lines. The back of the m ssage stick bears the
same or similar design as the front, or el.sf is covered with
'flash' marks to nuike it look 'pretty fellow'; the.^e
marks have no other meaning whatsoever, alleged or im-
pliul."

1. Me.'isage slick. Wonunda-minung tribe, Esperance
Hay. Recherche Arch, Western .\ustraUa.

2. Message slick. Oriba-kulba tribe, llughend n. North
Queensland.

3. Message stick. Whajuk and liallardong tribes. York
district, W«-siern Australia.

4. 5. Me«»sagp sticks. Sharks* Hay. We-tt-m Australia.

6. Mes.sage stick. Queensland.

7. Mes.sage stick o--- , kulba tri''- H-i..' h-u \,.rtl.

Queensland.

2.Hrt2. 7

8, 9. Message stirk. Kaw tribe, Xorihamproii, AVesterii
Australia.

10-23. Sticks called Kuiidle, said to be us, d in raiii-iiiakiug
ceremonies. Wonunda-niinnn^- tribe, Kspcrance l>ay, West-
ern Australia.

CANOES. (24, 25, 26, 27, 28.)

There are five main types of eauoos made by Australian
aboriginals, of which, three are indigenotis and two are de-
rived from outside sources.

The simplest (24) consists of a sheet of bark stripped from
a gum tree. The two euds are pointed, and while fresh and
more or less pliable the bark is manipulated so as to form a
very crude boat, which Avill float on the water and hold one
or two natives. In some cases, perhaps in most, advantage
is taken of a natural bend in the trunk of a tree so as to
secure the requisite concavity with upturned ends. Boats
such as these were used for crossing rivers and for fishing,
and were usually propelled by punting with a long stick.

In southern Victoria a second type is met with (25). A
sheet of bark of the desired length, usually 10 to 12 or even
15 feet long, is stripped from a gum tree. The rough outer
bark is removed, and it is held over a fire until the moisture
in it has been heated and the whole sheet rendered pliable.
It is then turned inside out, the sides are doubled up and
secured in jDosition by cords passing across from one margin
to the other so that a trough is formed, which is at first
open at both ends. The tAvo ends are then squeezed to-
gether in folds like those of a fan, which are tied round
securely with fibrous string. Where each rope passes across
from side to side a stick is placed to prevent the sides from
falling in, and at the same time pliant branches are fastened
imder the tie-rods, Avhich act as ribs and serve to maintain
the shape.

A third and higher type is met with on the northern coasts
and in the Gulf of Carpentaria (26). This is made of
bark obtained from one or two species of Eucalyptus, from
which during the wet season it is easily peeled off. In
some cases, if a suitable one can be obtained, only a single
sheet of bark will be used ; but this is not usual. In this
particular specimen there are seven pieces. One extends
from bow to stern along one side. Two are sewn together
to form the other side, and the two sides of the boat thus
formed are sewn together along the bow, stern, and keel
lines. At each end and on each side a small strip is
added to form the bow and stern. Along the bulwarks a

ihin l»raiu-li of iuan|;rovi' wood is tii-d to thi* liurk to prt'voiit
the si(lt»j« from i-ollupiiiug out wards. In most cases eitlwr end
servfs as bow or sti-rn, but in soiuf out' (muI nuiy be nio<li-
fictl in form.

Till' fourth tyju' (27) is only mot with on thi- northi-rn coast
line, from (Marcmv Strait on the X.W. to llim-liinbrook
Passage on the X.E. It is an »»utri^,i;»'r boat, and, in the
north, was apparently introdueisl by thi> Mahiys. On tlie
Queensland coast it has Ikhmi adopted by th" natives through
intercourse with the Papuans of Torres Strait Islands.

The fiftii type is also an introduce<l one (28), and, like the
fourth, has Iktu derived from the Malays. It is met with
on the northern coast line, aiuj is commonly called a " dug-
out." In making the l)ont a .-suitable tree is cut down, and
the trunk carried to the water's edge, where it is fashioned,
now-a-days, with an iron tomahawk. This specimen is
slightly under 20 feel in length. The height at the bow
end is 2 feet, in the c<Mitre 1,5 inches, and at the stern 21
inches. It^ central width is 2 ft. 6 in. There is no keel, the
bottom being quite round. The paddles are simple flat
blades. This specimen was made on ^felville Island.

24. ilurray Kiver, Victoria.

25. Lake Tyers, Victoria.

20. Macartliur River, Xnrtheni Trrritoiy. i Presented
by Professor Spencer and Mr. V. .1. (iilleii.)
27. Ilinchinbrook Island.

2S. M-lvill.. M;in.|. . r,v<.-Mt...l l.v I'l-.f.-.,,,- Sj... r,'^

WALLETS. (Case 29.)

Two wallets, such a- ;ii<- l'rii|ii.ii!ly used by a native for
the purpos<> of carrying odd bits of string, decorative objects,
Arc, and, not infrequently, a sacred stick or stone, which is
thus kept hidden from the women and uninitiated. For the
purpo.se of making an outi-r covering, the .skin of an animal
is sometimes usnl. or, more freipiently, as in both of these
specimens, thin strips of bark, usually of a tea-tre<', are
uiili7.4'd. The larger of the two contains (1) heail-bands,
(2) knouts, ustvi for frightening women, who are taught to
believe that they are endowed with evil magic, and that a
blow from them will produce serious results, (3) feathers for
decorative purposes, (4) a ball of string made from bandicoot
fur, (5) ornaments made out of resin and kangaroo teeth,
(6) shell ornament, (7) a lui-k-band, (S) a no.s<'bone, (9)
the wooden handle of a stone knife, aivd (10) a bone gouge.
The smaller oni> contains (1) feather ornaments, and (2) a
small sacred stick or Churinga. Both of them belonged to

men of the Aruiita tribe, Central Australia. 'J'h- plentiful
amount of red oclire and grease which is smeared over the
different articles is very characteristic of this j^art of the
continent. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (Presented
by l'rofe,;snr Spencer and ^Iv. F. J. (Jillen.)

STONE IMPLEMENTS. (Cases 30-54.)

A series illustrating A'arious forms of stone implements
used by Australian aboriginals. The majority of the speci-
mens are from South-Eastern and Central Australia, but
there is apparently no essential difference in type throughout
Australia. The nature of the implement, whether it be
ground, chipped, or flaked, depends primarily on the nature
of the stone available in any particular district. There is
no such thing in Australia as distinct stages of culture or
time jieriods corresponding to the terms eolithic, palaeolithic,
and neolithic. In one and the same camp and district im-
plements are found Avhich, if discovered in the prehistoric
remains of Europe, would be assigned to one or other of
these periods. This is really the most striking feature of
the stone age in Australia, and it is essential to remember
that these various types of implements are all in use, often
side by side, at the present day. The various implements
may he conveniently divided into tAvo main grouj^s, and these
into various sub-groups, as follows": —
A. Cutting Implements.

(a) Cutting edge produced by flaking or chipping.

(1) Axes. The simpler ones amongst these are
merely pebbles chipped on one side only, and never
hafted. (Case 44.) In others both sides are
chipped, resembling the houcher or coup de poing
of Europe and Africa. A curiouis form is seen in
the flaked, pick-like axe (Case 31) from Central
Australia.

(2) Knives. These vary very much in size and
form; some are simply minute flakes with a sharp
cutting edge; others (Cases 32, 33, 34, 35) may be
of considerable size, and hafted with resin or Avith
resin and wood. Occatsionally, after the original
flake has been struck off the core, one or more of
the cutting edges are secondarily chipped (44, 46,
Case 32). A characteristic, but rare form (17-29,

The classification follows closely that proposed by Messrs. Kenyon and Stirling
{Pr^r. R.S. Vicl-ir,a, Pt. 2, rj. .riii.) and dealt with by Messrs. Kenyon and Mahony
in the guide to the classified collsction arransied by them in the Museum for the
meeting of the British Association in 1914. The Museum is especially indebted to
Mr. A. S. Kenyon for invalualilo assistance, not only in the arrangement, but also
in the securing of material. Many thousands of si^ccim-ns collected and presented
by Mr. Kenyon are in the reserve collection.

PL\TF. 15.

STONE IMPLfcMtNl:

Ca^o 32) is found amongst tin- AVarranninpa and
KaitUh tribi's in (Vntral Australia. Tli.sr havo n
luruliar roun.lrd end. with the margin marki-d com-
pUi.lv with sri-ondary i-hippings. They arc twwl
oxrhisivilv hv wonuMi. A spi-cial form of knife, or
more eorreetlv, saw, is nwuh- hy inM'rtmj? in resin
on a stiek a 'series of small Hakes, one hehuid the
other. (4, :., «, Case 20.) .

(3) Adzes or gouges. Thwe (Case 30) consist ot
flakes ins<'rted in resin at one or both ends of a .stick,
which mav be either straight or curved or, m certain
Central Australian tribes such as the Arunta, they
mav be inserted also in tlu' lump of resm that forms
the handh' end of a .^pear thrower. The flake may
be diminutive in size with a shan. point (13) or
very broa«l, and often has the bulb of p.Tcussion
on one side and the other worked with s.-condary
chippings. It is by means of this implement that
the grooved markings so characteristic of many Aus-
tralian wooden weapons are ])roduced.

(4) Scrapeiv. This is a rather vague term ap-
plied to a large .series of implements, the charac-
teristic feature of which is that one side of the
stone has a simide plane surface; the other is
marked with Haking and chipping. They thus ap-
proximate in certain rcsiH'cts to many of the im-
plenuMits calh'd knives, and were doubth^s iised
both for cutting and .scraping, as occasion required.
Some of them have a decidedly concave working
edge .suitable for nmnding off a spear shaft.

(r.) Spear heads. (Cases 32 and 36.) There are
two varieties of the.s( — (a) flaked or flaked and
chipped, and (/') flake.l and .«*errated. The former
are fundamentally similar to the flaked knives and
the r^ame stone may be u.>*eil either as a knife or
as a spear head. The latter an* the most highly
worked stone impleuH-nts mad«' by the Australian
aboriginal, an.l are only manufactured in the north-
western part of the continent, where suitable
material, smdi as opalescent (piartzite, is obtainable.
During 'rec<'iit years the native has utilize<l glas.««
bottl<*» an.l porcelain telegraph insulators f..r the
].iirpo.so. (Ca.so 32.)
(/<) Cutting edge produced bv griiuling and pol;,shiiip.
(1) Axes. (Cases 41. 42. 43. 14. 45. 4fi. 47.)
There is immense variation in the form of the.-w". So
far as their manufacture is concerned they may W

(li\i(lfil into I wo iii;iiii scries: (d) those made from
suital»]_v sliajx'd pebbles, the edge of which is ground
and i)olished (('ases 48, 44), and (h) those jiiacle
from blocks of stone cut from solid masses. In the
manufacture of these the block is first of all roughly
trimmed by flaking to the desired shape and size
(Case 39, 1, 2) ; then it is hammered until the mam
inequalities of the surface are to a greatei' or less
extent removed, and finally it is ground on a flat
grinding stone with the aid of water and sand to
produce the polished surface. The area over which
the polishing extends varies much, but never, in
true Australian iniplementis, covers the whole sur-
face. In regard to form there are also two main
kinds: (a) grooved, and (h) ungrooved. In the
case of the former (Case 43) there may be one or
two grooves. The hafting of the axe was done hy
means of a bent withy of wood, the two halves heing
tied together by string or split cane; while the
head is enclosed in wax or resin. In many cases,
however, the implement wa^s never hafted, and
finger grips are present. Most of these axes are
made from diabase or diorite, and in Victoria there
were two principal quarries, one at Mt. William,
between Lancefield and Ivilmore, and another on the
Hopkins River, near Chatsworth, where the
material for these axes Avas obtained. At these
quarries the ground is strewn with " blanks," that
is, unfinished or rejected specimens.

(2) Wedges. It is difficult to draw a hard and
faist line between axes and wedges. The latter occur
all over Eastern Victoria, and may be grooved or
uiigroovefl. In some cases they are made of
vesicular basalt, and may be of little service for
cutting. They appear to have been used for sjilitting
wood, and in the better examples show a high grade
of workmanship.

B. Grindixg and ToixDixd Implements. (Ji'indMig imple-
ments may be divided into kerns or mills and whet-
stones.

(1) Kerns or mills. There are three main tvpes
of these: (a) those that are roughly elliptical in
shape, Avitli one or more o\-a] hollow grinding sur-
faces. (Case .")4.) These are characteristic of
many parts of the interior of Australia, and are
made of close-grained sandstone. They are used
principally for grinding grass seeds, though they

may also be used for grinding uwn. In addition to
the large lower stone, there is always a Jii."
shaped upper stone. (/>) Those that are r..
oireular in outline, though tlu-y may in >
be only roughly shaped blocks. Kaeh
one to fix or six spher'eal hollows, souie ol whicii
(2) may be present in both sides. On the obverse
side of the uiill there is fre<|uently present an in-
dentation usually reganled ai< a husking liole. (c)
Those that havr a Hat surfaee. (Case 4!», Xos. ^4.
44.) These an- often used for grinding down pig-

UH'Ut.

In .sonu' eases these grinding hollows are i>resont
on the surfaee of an axe. (Case 4:J, Xo. 10.)

(2) Whetstonct? (Cases 53 and 54) used as hone.**
for tlie grinding of axes, more es|H'eially so far as
the final i>roiluft'on of the eutting edge is eon-
cerned.

(3) Pounding implements and husking stones.
The former vary mueh in form, being .sometimes
irregular in shajH' (Case "»(). Xo. 23), but <»ft«'n
(Xos. 14, 22, \'e.) symmetrical, with a definite
pounding surface that may extend all round the
stone. It is quite evident that in some the stone
has been used for ])ounding relatively soft sub-
stanees, sueh as fibre, whilst in others the worn
surfaee shoWf; traces of fraetun-. The husking
stones or anvils (Ca.se 52, Xos. 2, 11, 12) arc
marked by one or more relatively small deprr--
which may be more or less smooth, but always ~
tracfvj of hammering. They are used for the smash-
inir of b.-ii'i) -i-i-cl-;. Iiniifi, »V<'.

STONE CHISELS OR ADZES. (Case 30.)

Tln-ri' arc two di>tinff types of these instruments, which
are found more es|M>cially amongst the tribes of the inter or
and west. In one of theni the handle is straight or perhnjis
t<lightly curved, and a cutting stone is pres<«nt at one end
only; in the other the handle has a «lecided curve, and there
is a cutting stone at each end. The stone is of various forms,
the most idiaracterist'c being that of a flake or chi|> of a
dense quartxite, one surfac** of which has a single convex
face, while the other is ehipped and concave. It in by means
of this, and also of the similar stone inserted into the end of
the spear thrower, that the eharacteristic grooves which are
9o often .se<'n on Wf»oden implements are nroduci-d. The
Stone is attached to the handle hy resin ootained from a

grass tree in the caso of the AVestcrii Ansti-aliaii spociincne,
or from the porcupine grass (Trioda sp.) in the ease of the
Central Australian ones. There is usually part of the surface
of the handle close to the ^tone roughened so that it can be
firmly grasped by the hand of the operator.

1-3. Specimens from Western Australia, called Dowak or
Dabba ; the stone has a broad cutting surface. The handle
of Xo. 1 is grooved ; that of Xo. 2 is smooth ; and that
of Xo. 3 is grooved, except for a well-defiiied area close to
the stone. (Fig. 155.)

4. Specimen from Central Australia, called Ankura or
Chalunka, with a grooved handle, and stone with a broad
cutting edge. Arunta tribe.

5. Specimen from Western Australia, called Dowak, with
a pointed piece of quartzite. The handle is marked Nvith
broad, irregular grooves.

6. Specimen from Western Australia, with a short, straight
cutting edge; the handle is irregularly grooved. Xgurla
tribe, Roeburn. The handles of all the above siDecimens are
made of some dark wood, such as that of an acacia.

7. 8. Two specimens from the interior of Xew South
Wales. The stone has a broad cutting face, and the handle is
of much rougher workmanship than in the case of those of
the Western and Central Australian natives, and is made out
of some light-coloured wood, such as a Eucalyptus.

9. Specimen from Central Australia, with a curved handle,
and a cutting stone inserted in a mass of resin at each ena.
Xative name, Ankura or Chalunka. (Presented by Mr. F.
J. Gillen.) (Fig. 156.)

10-22. Central Australia. (10, 13, 14, 15, 18, 19, 20 pre-
sented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

23-26. Spear throwers with stones set in the handle to also
serve as adzes. 22. Ashburton Kiver, Xorth-west Australia.
23-25. Central Australia.

FLAKED STONE AXES OR PICKS. (Case 31.)

This series illustrates the structure of flaked stone axes,
which, like the flaked stone knives, are found amongst the
more northern tribes. Each axe-head consists of a flake of
quartzite, which is usually of a ridged form; that is, each
flake is characteristically triangular in section. The back of
the blade has a single ilat surface. In most cases the front
is formed of two surfaces inclined at an angle to each other
and to the back, though in some specimens there may be
more than two faces. There is often a fourth surface nekr to
the attached end, and when this is present it lies parallel
to the back surface. As in the case of the flaked knives, this

may l»o absent, «>r piTliaps hidden from view by the rosinoiM
maiw into whit-li the tlake is fixed. The two halves of th«
withy are fastentd lop-tlier !>y l»fHid« of «»fri!i{r. wliirli are
sonietinies enclosed in n'sin.

t-8. Speeiniens from the v...;. ....;: . lu-h as are

made by the Warramunpa. Worg:ain, Artinta, and other
tribes, and are traded over wide areas in the interior of the
rontinent. In all of thes«' the withy is l»ent double, and each
is provided with a slu-ath made of bark ti«'d round with fur
string. Tile two halves of the handle are tied round with
liunian hair or vej;etaide-fihre striiij;, and are covered with
nil Mchre. (2, 4, .'> presented bv l*r«.f««-;or S|Miifrr aii! ^^r.
1-. .1. (;illen.) (Figs. 166. 167.)

0-1. ». Specimens from the Arunra triiM-, m uiii.ii i!i> li ik<'
ifj inserted into a split stick. (10, 11 presented by I'rofcssor
SpencfT and Mr. F. .1. Gilb-n.)

16. Specimen from (Queensland, in which the withy is Wnt
double, and the front of the blade has four distinct face*.
The end of the flake, unlike that of the other njK'cimens,
projects beyond the mass of resin. The two halves of the
handle are tied round with a neatly ])laited circle of thin
strips of cane.

CHIPPED AND FLAKED STONE IMPLEMENTS.
(Case 32.)

This eirrics illustrati's tin- usf nt stone, usually <piart/.ite,
which is acjapted for chijipiii/; and Hakinp, but not for jrrind-
ing. In all cases the stones are attached by resin to spears,
or else are fi.\e«l in a ma!«s of the same, which <»erves as a
handle, though, as in the roughly chipped pieces of quart/.ite
ust'd l»y tlu' women in the Kaitish tribe, the handle may be
only roughly shaped. In the case of the latter implements
the flaking and chipping is of the rudest kind, but in the
larger knives, such as .30a. 42. &c., the workman<<hip is ex-
celli'iit. .\s a g«'neral rule the flake is ridged, with a single
broad back surface, an<l two front surfaces inclined at an
angle to each fither. .\ fourth may be pres«'nt on the front,
parallel to the back surface of the bla<ie. down which it
ext«Mi<!s for a short«'r or longer distance (IIOa). A somewhat
unusual form is .sivn in '.i'2, wln-re, instead of a terminal
point, there is an obliquely placed cutting e<lge. The most
highly developed forms are whmi in the chippe<l chalcinlonir
spear heaflr*. tbt- edges of which are beautifullv serrated (53,
5^).

1-7a. Flake«l spear heads, .some of them showing aeeondarv
chipping. They have be<»n detache<I from the sjiears, to

■\vliicli tliry arc, wlicii in use, attaclicd by resin. Xo. 7 made
of slate, I lie others of (juartzite. l^'roui noi'tlieni ti'ihes in
Central Australia. (Fig. 165.)

8. Sjx'ar head of (juai'tzite; an excejil ionally h)ni>- flake
with oidy three faces. Maearthur River, Northern Territory.
(Presented by Professor Sjjeneer and Mr. F. J. (iillen.)

9-12. Spear Leads, showing an nniisual amount of
seeondary cdiipping. Daly River, Xurtherii Territory.

13-16. F^oiir roughly flaked knives or spear heads.
Tjiiigilli tribe, Central Australia. (Presented by Professor
.Si)eneer and ]\Ir. F. J. Gillen.)

17-29. Thirteen specimens illui-trating a sjjccial form of
knife nsed by women only in the Kaitisli and Warramunga
tribes. Central Australia. This forms a very distinct type.
One side of the blade is always formed by a single smooth
face (25). The other has typically a distinct ishoulder near
to the obtusely pointed end. From the top of the shoulder
down to the end and then back along each margin the blade
is covered with secondary chippings. The handle end is
normally hafted with resin. (Fig. 162.)

29x\.. An implement closely resembling in form the women's
knives from Central Australia. It shows the same smooth
single surface on one side, the other having the characteristic
shoulder and extensive seeondary chippings. It was ap-
parently unhafted, and its use is unknown. (From Camper-
down. Pretsented by Mr. S. F. Mann.)

30-42. A series of flaked quartzite knives from Central
Australia. Knives such as these are found widely scattered
amongst the tribes inhabiting the Avhole of the central and
northern part of Australia. The great extent of hard quart-
zite formation associated with the deposit known as the
" Desert Sandstone " over large parts of the interior of the
continent provides an abundant supply of material which is
well adapted for flaking. In each specimen the blade has a
handle made of resin derived from the porcupine grass
(Triodia), and this may be ornamented with red ochre and
various designs, or may be uncoloured. Sometimes (Xos.
38 and 40) a band of bird's down may be added as an orna-
ment. The knife blade, when carried about, is enclosed in a
sheath made of bark tied round Avith fur string and tipped
with a bunch of emu feathers. (Fig. 161.) All the speci-
mens come from the Arunta and Warramunga tribes, Central
Australia. (33, 39, 40 presented by Mr. C. French. 34, 35,
37, 41. 42 ]n-esented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J.
Gillen.)

43-46. Spear^ heads with so large an amount of secondary
chipping that, in some cases where there is chipping on both

siiU-; «>i ill.- St. .11,- (4'>), thry alino^i >,.:;:..-, .. .iansilioii from
tlu- or.linarv Haknl luul sliiihtly chippnl spi'iir Wudu to tho
tli'finiU'lv chipiKHl ami scrrat*-.! forum. Save in !»iz««, and in
llio .srcoiulary cliippiuK Ixinj: only sliglilly niarkrd on ihc
lowtT suit' of 4.'». tlnn* is a rlos«» rt'S<Mnl»lanr«' lu'luvi-n 45 and
4l>. From ihi* Daly Hivrr, Xortlu'rn IVrritory.

4T-(»S. A series of chipped and serrated knives and s|>ear
lu>a«l> niatlf of stone of varions qnalities. In -:• t)«^)

till- material used ics a rompaot sandstone or ; in

others (S2, Sti, S7 ) it is an o|)aline «piarty.ite; and in
(:»G, 57) it has ahnost the nature of jasper or chain ;
These speeimens represent tin* hijilu'St level in the nianufa*'-
ture of stone implements reaehe<l hy the Australian
ahorijiinal, and are only made in certain parts of Xorth-\vi«st
Australia. In worknuinsh:)) they an- equal to the hest pre-
historic stone implements of the Old World. In some eases
(.SI and JMM»N) the serrations may h<' very pronoun<-cd.
f84-l>S presented hy Mr. K. (J. Austin. 53 presented hy I'ri>-
fescsor SpciHcr. ) In ran- instances shell is used. (126
pres<«nted hy Miss A. Keariland.)

99-125. With the advent of the white man the ahoriginal
took advantage of glass hottles, porcelain jars, and telegraph
insulators. Xos. 99, 100, 12:J, 124, J25. Arc, represent his
finest work in these materials. (99-125 pret^ented hy ^Ir.
K. (i. Austin.)

lL'7. .**'pear head showing the method of hafting with ri'sin.
(i*re.sented hy Professor Spencer.)

12s. Small pare<d of pai>er-hark containing a numher of
sorrjited stone spear heacls in process of making. The
nmterial used in (puirtzite of variotis qualities, some <»f it
being of the opaline jiikI chalcedonic varieties. The In-ads
are in different stages of mantifacture, some of them roughly
shaped, others ready for the final stage of produ«'tion of the
sharp jMiint and side .serrations. The parcel was carrie«l
about by a native who worked on the stones when oppor-
tunity offere<l. Port (i<«onre IV.. Xorth-we.st Australia.
(Presented by Kev. K. II. Wils..n.)

129, 130. rina and Fibula of a Kangaroo. One end of
each has iKt-n broken and ground ."o as to have roughly the
form of a gouge. This implenwnt is called dumba, and is
used for making the fine s<'rrati«Mis on qtear heads by means
of priNstire applied steadily to the ••dge of the stone, which
has i>reviotisly be«n ••hip|Md and tlake<l .-jo as to have the
desired shape. Port (^urge IV., Xorth-woat Australia.
riV.-.t.r,.,! I.v K.v. K. n. WiNon.')

FLAKED STONE KNIVES. (Case 33J

1. "Rcsiii linftcd. 'I'lic Made is made of a tlake of some
suitalik' stoiu', nsuallv a (dose-graiiicd (|uartzitP, sucli as is
associated with the " desert Sandritoiie " formation that
occupies a hirge area in the interior of Qneenshuid, Xew
South Wak's, and the Northern Territory. The flakes vary
very much in shape and size. The simplest has three long
facets tapering to a jjoint, but there is no such thing as any
regulation pattern, and any which are suitable for tlie ]inr-
pose are used. In some eases small secondary <'liips are
added, but this is not frequent. They are made by succes-
sive sharp blows applied to the rim of a small block of
quartzite or other suitable material by a small stone held in
the hand. The blows are repeated until a flake of the requi-
site form is split off, but for every one that is regarded as
suitable for use scores of unsuitable ones are detached, the
knife quarries heing strewn with these discarded " blanks."
The handle end is embedded in a mass of resin, and for the
protection of the blade a sheaf is made. Strips of the bark
of the "paper-bark" tea-tree (Melaleuca leucodendron) are
bent together so as closely to encase the blade. The bark is
wound round and round with fur string (usually opossum
fur), and then a coating of white material, mich as ground-
up gypsum, mixed with water, is used. By way of extra
ornament, the end is tipped with a little bunch of emu
feathers — only very rarely those of any other bird are used.
The feathers are always attached to a small pointed stick in
such a way that the quill-ends are free. Knives siich as these
are used all over Australia. 1-19. From the "Warramunga
tribe, Central Australia. (1-5 presented by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillon.)

FLAKED STONE KNIVES. (Case 34,)

2. Resin and wooden haftcd. This series illustrates the
structure of Avooden-hafted knives Avhich have been found
amongst the northern tribes in the interior of ^Vustralia.
Each blade consists of a flake of quartzite of a ridged form ;
that is, each flake is characteristically triangular in section.
The back of the blade, ais it may be called, has a single flat
surface, while the front is formed of two surfaces inclined at
lan angle to each other and to the back. There is often a
fourth surface near to the attached end, and this lies in the
plane of the wooden haft. This fourth surface varies mucli
in extent, and may sometimes be com])letely hidden from view
by the resinous mass into which the flake is fixed at one end,
while at the otlier the wooden haft is inserted. The resin is

olifaiiiiil troni |t<ir<'U|iiii<> |;ra>> { 1 n^dnt ), ainl or 1

with a I'oatin^ oi nvl oiOirt', wliili* thr haft is coin i

liiii's aii<l tlol,s of rnl, whiti", l»lark, and vdlow, thr tl.»;^
sonu'tiini'S ('oiitiiiii('*| on th«' ri-sin. The l»hi<h' in pn-'
by a shnitli, wliirh is usually ina«l»' of hark ii««l romul Nvith
fur strinji, thi> wholo surface hviufi tlu-n coatfj with ]»i|i< l;i\
or kaolin, anil a small tuft of oinu frathrrs, with tij
sertetl, ornainonts tlu' oml of the sheath. ( Fijr. 160.) 1 .. ^.
siH'fiinrns an- all froni tlu* Warraniunga an«l Kaitish tribes,
by the nienihers of which they are nuule. They are i ' '
over wiih- areas. (>»-14. !•>-•_'! presi'iited i»v l*rofi>«i«ior Sj
an.l Mr. l". .1 . ( . " v*

FLAKED STONE KNIVES. (Case 35.)

This si'rifs i- a i-oiiiinnar i.m ^i' rlm^i' m < a-'' ^11. All 'li<-
8|M?ciu»ons are from the Warramunga tribe, Central Australia.

GLASS SPEAR HEADS. (Case 36.)

('hi|>|».i .ii..i >.;;..;..; u'..i>> -pr.ir hia'i> Jri»ia Xorth-
•western Australia. It is only in the latter j)nrt of the oon-
tinent that the.se beautifully .serrated spear lieads are made.
(Case .*i2). Sincv the advent of wliite men the native has
usetl irlass in place of quartzite. The former lie secures in
the form of bottles of various kinds. In some cases a ]iortion
of the original smooth surface is retained, but in most the
whole face of the implement is worki-d. The ftm- point and
serrated edpe are produecn] by pressure. Alonp the overland
telegraph line the natives frequentlv used insulators instead
of glass. (3-'»4. Presented by Mr. C. Harnett. .'».'>, TiG.
Pequest of Mr. (leo. Mc.Vrthur. .'»7. .'»*<. Presented by "Mr.
A. L. Prenticf'.')

GROUND-STONE AXES. iCase37.)

1 hix- a.\t » arc i-baract(ri>ti.- f.\aniplis >>{ \Ur ^Muund-stone
implements used by the tribes of Xew South Wab-s and Vic-
toria. Each stone is en(dos«'d in a withy madi- of s<»me pliable
wood, the head of the stone, which is a form of «liorite. lM*ing
fastened to tiie wooden handli> by means of a mass of resin
derived from grass trees. Some of the stones are much better
ground than others; No. 7, es|K*eialIy, se«»mrt to be a more
or less naturally shape<l stone, which has Ikmmi chip|M'd 1o
a certain «-.vtent, and only slightly ground at the cutting
edge. \o. 4 (Fig. !.*•>) is of interi'st as being the axe which
was carried about and for many years u-huI by William
Pu<'klry. the runaway cfnivict, who for forty years ]ive<!
amongst the native tribe which inhabited the country round
tile head of Corio Hay, where (ii'elong is now situated. (Pit^-
sented b' ^^'• 'Jordon A. Thomson.)

GROUND-STONE AXES. (Case 38.)

These axes are ehnrnctcrisric exaini)les n\' the iirouiul-stniie
iinpleinents iised by llic tribes of Centrnl Ausi ralia. Tb(>
stoneis are all eonii)Osed of a finely i>-raiiic(l dioiilc, and eaeli
one is eiudosed in a witliy of ])liant wood, the two halves of
Avliich arc bound tog'cthcr by means of human-hair string,
which may be enclosed in a eovering of resinous inaterijil
derived from porcupine grass. The wooden handle, as is
eharaetcrisric of (\Mitral Australian im]>lenients, is coloured
with red ocbrc. Tlic dioritc, of which these weapons are
made, is only found in certain ])laces, and is a valuable article
of exchange. (Fig. 157.) 6-11 presented by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. (Jillcn.)

GROUND-STONE AXES. (Case 39.)

1. Block of diorite ruughly chipped into sbape ready to be
further chipped and then ground to form an axe-head.
Warramunga tribe, Tennant Creek, Central Australia.

2. Block of diorite chipped and partly pounded pre-
paratory to grinding it for an axe-head. Warramunga tribe.

3. Ground-stone axe, showing the method of hafting. Thii-;
is done hy heating a withy of Avood cut from the stem of a
young gum tree, then bending it round the blunt end of the
blade, and securing the two ends of the handle with a band
of human-hair string. Part of the blade is afterwards encased
in resin obtained from porcupine grass to fix it more firmly
to the handle. "Warramunga tribe.

4. Large hafted ground-stone axe from the Umbaia tribe,
JSTorthern Territorv. (1-4 presented bv Profesi^or Spencer
and Mr. P. J. Gillen.)

5. Axe from Melville Island, of very crude form ; remark-
able for the fact that there is only a very slight trace of
grinding. (Presented hy Mr. P. J. Cooper.)

6. From the Binbinga tribe, Macarthur River, Northern
Territorv. (Presented bv Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J.
Gillen.)'

7. 8. From the Ivakadu tribe, Alligator Eiver, Xorthern
Territory. 8 is of very crude form, showing only slight
traces of grinding. (Presented by Professor Spencer.)

9. Axe with ground-stone head secured by resin to a handle
of twisted twigs. South-Avest Queensland.

10. Axe with a flat ground-stone blade mounted in a cane
handle, which is bent round the blunt end of the blade and
fixed to it with resin. North Queensland.

11. Axe with flat ground-stone blade mounted in a cane
handle, which is bent round a groove cut in the blunt end of
the blade. TTinchinbrook Island, Queensland.

STONE HAMMLR AXES. (C«»e 40.)
This form i»f i-iiiiiliincd haiimn-r an<| hm- i" fonnfl in
Wt'stoni Australia. To 4>in' nnl «>f a stirk a in;i
resin is attadu'd, and into this, at o|>|Ktsitc i I

two i»iiH*(»s of stono (nppanMitly gruniti* or dinhniw). An in 1,
tho stone at one end ha.s n distinct rutting vt\f(i\ while at the
other it is hhinter and prohahly serves uh a hammer; but in
souje eases, as in 2 and 6, th«'re is no euttin^; e<|jje at either
end. Xo. 4 is remarkabU* for the very small surface of stone
which is exi>os<'d. in every example the chipping of tin- stoni*
is of the (-rudest possibK' nature, and, if found alone, rb*'
stone would e<'rtainly not be recognised as tlu- work of
It is possible that in .some ca.ses the stone runs contiir.i
throujih the resin. The end of tlu' handle is .sharpened so
that it can be driven into the trunk of a tre<>, aiul fo i-«i-f
tlu' native in climbing. All the specimens arc from "W'
Australia, in which part only of the continent this foni. ■>i
implement has yet been found. Native name. Kadjo.

GROUND STONE AXES. (Case 41.)
A series representinif various sizes, shapes of cutting eclge
and degrees of grinding. In some eases the ground .surface
may be very small (13); ••• others it may occupy betwj'en a
third ami a half of the surface. 16 is an example of a large
axe made of diorite. Xorthern Territory. ( Presented by
Professor .^^pencer. ) 2> is ground at both ends. .'»0. A
specially l:irir«' nxc. Tully K., (^ncen-jbuid.

GAD-SHAPED AXES, Etc. (Case 42.)

Xos. 1-12. A series representing gad-shaped axes, the
extreme, almost i-ylindrical, form of which is seen in Xo. 10.
Oad-shaped axes are more generally found in Eastern Vic-
toria. Xos. l.'MG are heavy, ovate, ground axes. Xos. 17-2.'»
are exampbt' «"f grotmd axes nnule out of pi>]ibles.

GROOVED AXES. (Case 43.)
A series «»f giooveil axes, .-.ome ot (iiem ot larg«- s.7.«'. In
all of them one groove is pres4>nt, except in X<». ^, where
there are two. These grooves were usisl for attaching the
withy. Xos. ITj and 16 show husking \utU^, which are iiresent
on both sides. The ovate-shaped forms link on with the
wedir<-i, from which it i- -(.iiif rin.i .: ,|i*'- ■;'• • i ^ •; 'hem.

STONE WEDGES AND AXES CHIPPED ON ONE
SIDE ONLY. (Case 44.

Xos, 1-7. (iroUlid >!4iiu- wrdgc.n. .\ o,«.. >-I>. A .".erjes rejtrr*-
senfing pebble axes chipped on one si<le only.
2862.-8

PEBBLE AXES. (Case 45.)

]N"ok5. 1-0. Pcbblo axes chiiipc'd on oiio side only. Xos.
10-15. Pebblo axes cliiiiped on both sides. !N"os. 16-25.
Pebble axes cliijjiicd and sliiibtly .'iron.nd.

VARIOUS CHIPPED IMPLEMENTS. ^Case 46.)

2s OS. 1-!) suggest a rostro-t-arinate form. Tliey are found
all over Victoria, but most frequently in the "Western Dis-
trict. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) Xos. 10-10 re-
semble the rostro-carinate form in the manner of chipping
bitt are cons'stently roughly circular in slia])e. These forms
gradually approach the typical chipped scrapers, making it
im]:)Ossible in this, as in many other cases, to draw a hard-
and-fast line of distinction between different types of imple-
ments. Their use is conjectural; possibly they Avere used
in scraping down the surface of wooden implements. They
are found all over Victoria. (Presented by Mr. A. S,
Kenyon.) Xos. 20-22 are scrapers of a special form, made
out of pebbles, the chipped face being lateral. Xos. 23-35.
A few specimens illustrative of a vast number of chipped
implements, the form and nature of which varies according
to the material available. They are Avidely r-cattered over
the Avhole of Australia, Avherever material suitable for
chipping is obtainable, and amongst them can be found re-
presentatives of nearly all the pahi^olithie and even more
primitive implements of the Old World. (Presented by
Mr. A. S. Kenyon.)

" BLANKS," PARTLY GROUND AXES, GROUND
KNIVES. ^Case47.)

Xos. 1-12. A series of " blanks,'' that is, unfinished axes,
found in old axe-head quarries, such as that at Mt. William,
near Lancefield. Scattered around these old aboriginal
quarries are numberless axe-heads, either unfinished or dis-
carded as unsatisfactory. The quarries are found at such
places as Mt. William; in the Grampian Mountains; on the
Hopkins Piver; at Salt Creek, near Bolae; at the Dog Rocks,
near Geelong; at Katandra, in the Goulburn Valley; and
at many other places where there are outcrops of suitable
rocks. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) Xos. 13-10.
Axes the grinding of which has not been completed. Xos.
20-50. Ground-iStone knives. The larger ones of these might
be regarded either as small axeis or large knives. There is a
great range in size amongst them from Xo. 48, which is
almost ])igmy in size, to Xo. 51, which is not distinguishable
from an axe. The material used is generallv finer arained

niul tou^ht-r Iluiii litac rui|)l>i\f.i lUr a\i'.-<. I\ .<iS

thi'S*' uiTf UM'd fi»r vari«>ii,s purposrH, sxuAi as - nn

to luukt' (luMii supple, riMiiovini; luiir from varioun purtii of
th.' ImkIv. A:f. (20, 2:., 31. ;U. m ph-himiUnJ by Mr. IT. W.
HiiiM; 'M pr<»iionted by Mr. K <• ,. ; 46 prpsontpd by Mr. A.
I.. ]»,-..„,;.... ^

SPOKESHAVES, CHIPPED FLAKES, Etc. Cut 48.)

Skkiks 1-5, Piemy inifilompntii probably U!*o<l for rutting
and scrapie . -. The brst namr for these is

proha'ily sp 1 . liave a strong res4'iiil»lan«v to

certain .Vnrijrnacian inipleineiits. The hookinl ones are Use<l
for smoothing down surface.s and probably shar|M'ning
wooden $|M>ar points. (iUmi Thompson, in the (frampian

Mountains; Lak- !" " - •'■ \! •".... , |... . .. 1 i. m..

A. S. Kenyoii. )

Xos. 6-l.'K ('liij'j"-..! 1"! iit-'d iim'l'Mii'm- r.«. inl'liu;.' .-j-ar
headrs. in some eases (S and 0) showing much s«-condary
working. ( Presented by Mr. (J. .V. llohh-r.")

Xos. 14-40. Cliipped stone knives of vari' .1 r,rni, lu.'Uiv ..f
them indistingnishnbh' from small scrap
form are seen in Xos. 22 and 40.

Xos. 4 1 -01. Fliikecl stone knive-

X.»s. C,2-\0l. ("hii ! • •. rt:iK.-, - ., M> M.r

adzes, and ha f ted.

GRINDING STONES. (Case 49.)

Various forms ut gnnthng stom-s. Xos. 2, .">1. ami 't2 are
blocks of vesicular basalt, with hemispheri(*al hollows on •acli
side. In some, such a.* Xos. 7, 8, 11, 12, 13, 14. 17, 18, 25,
26. &o., it is quite evident that the hollows have been pro-
diie^d by grinding, an upper stone Ix'ing held in the hand; in
others, such as Xos. 23 and as an anvil or husking •-.ton**. Others,
such as 34 and 44, li ' -nrfaces, and have In^en usi*d for

rulibing down soft ■• -. such :i>! n-ltrr; wliil.^f -.•Ihts.

.such as 3.'». have been usc*<l as <

(Xos. 33 and 3>) lead on to the la:^ _ . _ . . ...1.;
shown in Case .'>4. 35 and 50 have been used as whetstone.s
for sharjiening stone axes.

1. Ilochkireh, Vietorln. 2. T,ake I.inliflnrou*. Virtnrin.
3. Mortlake. (Pn-Si-nted by .Mr. II. (J r

Mnrrjiv. .'1. Omeo. 6. Near Went worth.

(V' '-y .Mr. F. Cinlmore.) 7. Lower .Murray. Jj.

Xo! Victoria. 9. Victoria. 10. Hream ('re«'k. 11.

Avm'a. 12. Wimniera. 13. Victoria. 14. Xear VVentworth.
(I»r.-.-.t...l J.v \fr V (•„.!..,. .r.. > ]', pirola. ' !•.-■..! ' -

Mr. J. Allen.) 10. T)ciii]i(iuiii. (Prescntod by Mr. M.
McCrae. ) 17. Vietoria. 18. ^"car' Corowa. (Presented
by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 19. Victoria. 20. Lower Goulburn.
21. Loddon River. 22. Avon River. 23. Wiraraera. 24 and
25. Milkengay Lake, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr.
M. R. Cudmore.) 26. Wimmera. 27. Mortlake. 28. IS^orth-
Avest Victoria. 29. Milkengay Lake, jNTew Sontli Wales.
(Presented by Mr. M. R. Ciidmore.) 30. 'Near Corowa.
(Presented by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 31. Victoria. 32. Eustoii,
New South 'Wales. 33. New South Wales. 34. Darwin.
(Presented by Professor Spencer.) 35. Near Corowa. 36.
Victoria. 37. Near Hamilton. (Presented by Mr. C.
French.) 38. Near Corowa. (Presented by Mr. J. G.
Gray.) 39, Victoria. 40. Victoria. 41. Near Corowa.
(Presented by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 42. Altona Bay. 43. Wil-
laura. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 44. Upper Goul-
burn River. 45. Victoria. 46. Upper Goulburn, Victoria.
47. Victoria. 48. Near Went worth. (Presented by Mr. F.
Cudmore.) 49 and 50. Darling River, New South Wales.
51 and 52. Near Hamilton. (Presented by Mr. E. G.
Austin.) 53. Jeparit, Victoria. (Presented by Constable
Wilson.) 54. Lake Bolac. (Presented by Messrs. T. Park
and O'Rourke.)

GRINDING AND POUNDING STONES. (Case 50.)

Nos. 1-5. Pestle-shaped upper etones used for grinding in
mills. Nos. 9-28. Pounding stones. The marks on their
edges show where they have been used for grinding or
pounding. In some cases, also (26), they have been used as
nether stones for grinding or (28) Inisking.

CHIPPING HAMMERS. (Case 51.)

Nos. 1-18. Chipping liamers used for the chi])ping and
flaking of knives, adzes, &c. Nos. 1 and 2 clearly show
hollows made to allow the stone to be gripped firmly by the
fingers. Nos. 19-29. Hammers or pounding stones.

ANVILS, HUSKING STONES. (Case 52.)

Nos. 1-12. Anvils or husking stones. The concavities are
made by the pounding action of a stone used as a pounder or
hammer. In the case of No. 9 an ordinary axe-head has
been used as a husking stone. (Presented by Mr. J. J.
Fletcher.) Nos. 13-15. Stones used as weights to assist in
maintaining the shape of the basket during its manufacture.
Nos. 16-22. Stones used for throwing at birds, &c. Nos.
23-36. Playing stones.

GRINDING AND WHETSTONES. (Case 53.)

Stuiir.; u-ta I'll* drts>llig ;iiioare,
oluhs, ice; sonif of tlipin, such as No. 0, havr rvidi'iitly hocn
used also as whrtstoiiw. Xos. ll-.'U, Stoiu's uso<l as ffrinrl-
sloiu'S aiul uln'tstDnt's. Xo. 20 was cut from a solid rock
surface iu the Cioulbuni Valliv.

GRINDING STONES. (Case 54.)

Larg^p «rrinding stones. These are made from suitable
ehibs of close-grained sandstone, and must often be carried
lojip distances, because they are frequently found in camps
far away from sandstone formations. When camp is shifted
they ar«' buried in tlic ground or hid<K'n in a rock <-b'ft.
Then are used i)rip.eipaliy for grinding grass seeds, out of
which tlu' natives ma(K' cruth* cakts. Tlu' needs are jdaced
on the grindstone, water is a<Kl d, and the grinding process
is conductetl by means of the "niuUer" stone held in the
hand. In some cases (Xo. 10) there may be more than one
grinding surface; and also, as in X^o. 2, both siden of the
stone have been used. X"o. 1 shows a specimen in which the
stone has been gmund through, and it is evident from the
smoothness, size, and depth of the concavities, that many of
these stones have btH'u in use for a long time. X'os. 11. IJ.
1*{, 14. l.'> arc '* muUer " stones.

1. ."'. "-. :'. 12, 13, !.'». From Popio. 40 mih's west of
Pooncaric, Xcw South Wales. (Presented by Mr. M. ]{.
Cudmore.) 2 and IS. From Milkengay Lake. (Presenti-d
by Mr. .M. H. Cudmore.) 3, 4, and 11." From near Corowa.
(I'rwented by Mr. J. G. Gray.) 6. From the Gawler Kange.
(Presented by Professor Spencer.) 7. From Hourkc. 10.
From the Darling River. 14. From Xew Soutii Wal.s.
(Presented by Profe.ssor Spencer.) 16. From Charlevillc,
Queensland. (Presented by Mr. K. (;. Austin.) 17. From
the Darling River. (Presented by ^Nlr. K. (i. Austin.) 19.
From Wilcannia. (Presented by i;.\. W. W.bster.)

CYLINDRICO-CONICAL AND CORNUTE STONE
IMPLEMENTS. (Case 54a.)

Though a Uii-fii- huuiIm r <.f tin >*• rt s have been diM-rilied.

it is not possilde to say anything definite in regard t<» their
use and significam-e. They have l)een variously designafe.l
as ceremonial stones of .souje nature, pounders. Phallic
symbols, grave markers, &c. The evidence in all cases is
v.rv j.M-agre and inconclusive, but such as there is scorns to

sngi^-ost that tlioy were ceremonial in funeiidii. 'I'hey may
liave been associated "with ceremonies for the incica-e of the
food supply. Their ditstribution is well marked, coinciding
roughly with the country occupied by the Barkinji, Itchu-
muiidi, and Karamundi uations, and drained by the Kiver
Darling and its tributaries, though the exti'eme northern
locality is Muttaburra, in Queensland, and tlie extreme
western is Hergott Springs, in South Australia. They are
found sometimes on the surface of the ground bordering the
clay pans that form a characteristic feature of the central
country, at others ou, or in, the sand hills around them.

They may be divided roughly into two main types (1)
cylindrico-conical, and (2) cornute, but, as the si)ecimens ex-
hibited show, there is a gradual and complete transition from
the smallest and most dumpy cornute form to the largest and
straightest cylindrical^ — there is no break in the series.

(1).-CYLINDRIC0.C0NICAL TYPE.

These vary in length from less than 3 inches to 26 inches.
In general form they may be thin and elongate (51, 52), or
short and stout (96, 97), and, in transverse section, circular
or oval. The material of Avhich they are made is either elate
(4, 8, 82) or some form of sandstone, varying from a soft,
largely decomposed felspathic sandstone (89, 94, 95) to a
hard quartzite (46-49). One specimen (63) is composed of
a very soft ochreous claystone. All of them are made of
material found in situ, though in not a few caises the rock
may be so decomposed (94) as to suggest that they have been
moulded out of some substance such as gypsum mixed with
clay. A feature peculiar to them all is the distinctly flattened
or saucer-shaped ba6e (73) which in rare cases may be
radiately grooved. Rarely also (59) the original tip end
may be flattened. jSTos. 101, 102, 103 are evidently broken
jiieces that have been used as pounders or upper grindstones,
whilst, on the other hand, Xo. 40 has equally clearly been
nsed as a pounding stone. Such are of rare occurrence,
and must indicate only a secondary use. In the great ma-
jority the surface is smooth, but a curious feature of a small
number is the presence of rudely-made incisions which take
the form of (a) emu feet, (&) longitudinal, and (c) trans-
verse lines. In a few (78, 98, 100) a ring is present a short
distance below the apex which may also bear radial cuts.
The meaning of these markings, which are chiefly remarkable
for their crudeness, in which respect they stand in marked
contrast to those incised on the ceremonial objects of other
Central xVustralian tribes, is entirely unknown. There is no
direct evidence that they are phallic.

«>1

iZ.) CORNUTE TYPE.

Tlu'se, in thrir most pronouiuTtl form (116, &c.) are much
smalK'r in length than iln- cvlintlrical tyju', l>»t, oii the other
hand, tliev riliow a series leading from the ronniU'd i»el>blo
(104) t!iat has also hien used as a pouii<U'r, to the tvpieal
coruute** (llt>. 11!*) and so on t«) the more jdonpatr and only
slightly eurveil forms (120, 71. I.'t. 1(») that shade imper-
ceptildy into the straight st«»nes.

This unitjue and extensive eoUeetion was made for the
Museum by Mi\>!srs. II. S. OtKeer and A. S. Kenyon. The
locality and the name of the donor are attached to each
speeimen.

1. Louth, New South Wal s. (Presented hy Mr. IIS.
Othit-r.) 2, Louth, New South Wales. (Presented l>y ^[r.
II. Murray.) '^ Louth. New South Wales. (Presente<l hy
Mr. II. S.'otlicer.) 4. Wih-annia, Xcw South Wales. ( I're-
penteil hy Miss Hyrne.s.) .'». North-west New South Wales.
6. (Joorimpa, Xew South Wales. (Presentctl by Mr. II. S.
OiKcer.) 7. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by
ili.»s ()tH(vr.) S. Louth, New South Wales. (Presented by
^Ir. Tulloh.) 0. Wilcannia, New South Wales. 10. (Joor-
impa. New Stmth Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S. ()tii<-er.)
11. Wih-annia, New SduiIi Wales. ( Pre.sented by Mrs.
Johnston. 12. Tilpa, New Sonfli Wah-s. (Presented by Mr.
(i. Turner.) I'l. Kallara, New South Wales. (Presented by
Mr. Tulloh.) 14. Wilcannia, New wSoutli Wales. ]'>. I.^iuth,
New South Wah'S. (Pre.sented by ^Ir. II. S. OtHcer.) 16.
Tilpa. Xew South Wales. (Presented by ^Irs. ^Iclnernt-y.)
17. Marra, New South Wahs. (Pre.s<'nted by Mr. John
I.' 'L • ) 1>. Wilcannia, Xew South Wahs. (I're.sented by
.Mr-. .\l:tsel!)erg.) in. Louth, X'ew South Walo'. (Pre.sented
by Messrs. Murray Prothers.) 20. Wilcannia, Xew South
WaK'^. 21. Loiith, .\<w South Wahs. (Presented by Mr.
II. Murray.) 22. Til|»a, Xew South Wah's. (Presented by
Mr. (f. Turner.) 23, Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. ( Pri»-
-nted by Mrs. Johnston.) 24. Louth, X^ew South Wale.s.
( Presentj'd by Messrs. Murray Prothers.) 2.'!. Tilpa, Xew
South Wales. ( Presented by Mrs. Mclnernev.) 26. Wilcannia,
Xew S.Mifh Wah'S. (Presented by Mr. T." .\. Do.dan.) 27.
LiUith. New South Wales. (Presented by .Mr. 11. S. OlHcer.)
2n. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. W.
Pike.) 29. lAiutli, X'pw SoJith Wales. (Pre.sented by M«ssrs,
Murray Hroihers.) 30, Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Pro-
wnfed by Mrs. Mit.selberg.) 31. Lotith, Xew South Wales.
(Presented by Messrs. Murray Hroiln-rs.) 32. Mjirra, New
South Wales. (Presented by Mr. John Ix>igo.) 33. Wil-
caiuiia, Xew South Wales, 34. Lmth, X'ew South Walc«.

(Presented by Mr. JI. S. Olliccr.) 3."). J.uiitli, Xcw Sontli
Wales. (Presented by ^Ir. U.S. Officer.) 36, Wileaiiniji,
New South Wales. (T'reseiitc'd by Mi-ss Officer.) 37. Wil-
cannia. Xew South Wah'.^. (Presented by Mr. W. T. Dell.)
:5S. Kiillnra, New South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S.
Keiivun.) 39. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr.
H. Murray.) -10. Darling Piver, Xew South Wales, -ll.
Marra, Xew South Wales.' (Presented hy Mr. John Leigo.)
42. Darling River, Xew South Wales (Moorara). 43. Louth,
Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. IT. S. Officer.) 44.
Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. 11. Murray.)
45. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S.
Kenyon.) 46. Kallara, Xew South Wales. (Presented by
Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 47. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales.
(Presented bv Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 4S. Wilcannia, Xew
South Wales'. (Presented by 'Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 49.
Murtee, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S.
Kenyon.) 50. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented by
Mes.srs. Murray Brothers.) 51. Wilcannia, Xew South
Wales. (Presented by Miss OtHeer.) 52. Paroo Eiver, Xew^
South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 53. Louth,
Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 54.
Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mns. Mitsel-
berg.) 55. Wilcannia, Xew South Wale?. (Presented by
Mrs. Johnston.) 56. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented
by Mr. H. S. Officer.). 57. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Pre-
sented bv Mr. H. S. Officer.) 58. Wilcannia, Xew South
Wales. '(Presented by Mrs. Mitselberg.) 59. Tilpa, Xew
South Wales. (Presented by Mrs. Mclnerney.) 60. Wil-
cannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Ken-
yon.) 61. Tilpa, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mrs.
Mclnernev.) 62. Louth, Xcav South Wales. (Presented by
Mr. H. S.'Officer.) 63. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Presented
by Mr. II. Murray.) 64. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Pre-
sented by Mr. II.' S. Officer.) 65, Wilcannia, Xew South
Wales. '66. Xear Broken Hill, Xew South Wales. (Pre-
sented by Dr. Dobbyn.) 67. Louth, Xew South Wales. (Pre-
sented by Mr. II. Murray.) 68. Louth, Xcav South Wales.
(Presented by Messrs. Murray Brothers.) 69. Kallara, Xew
South Wales. (Presented by' Mr. II. S. Officer.) 70. Louth,
Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S. Officer.) 71.
Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S.
Kenyon.) 72. Kallara, Xew South Wales. (Presented by
Mr.'H. S. Officer.) 73. Wilcannia, Xew South Wales. (Pre-
sented by Mrs. Johnston.) 74. Louth, Xew South Wales.
(Presented by Mr. H. Murray.) 75. Kallara, 'New South
Wales. (Presented by Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 76. Wilcannia,.

N.« >..utli Wal.-^. ( I'n»s.'nli'a by Mr. W. 1. IMl.) 77.
Darlinj; RiviT. Xi-w Soutli Wulrs. (Prt-s.-nted by Mr. J.
A. Ki«-lil.) 7s. KjiMara. X«'\v Soiitb Wab-s. ( PrrsciiKMl by
Mr. TuUoh.) 71>. Loutli, New South Wab-s. ( I'rfsentitl by
Mr. II. S. Ortii'.r.) >0. Marra. Xfw South "Wab-s. f Tn-
uvuU'd bv Mr. John I-t-igo.) 81. rutbt-r.) Station. Darling
Uiver, New South Wab-s. ( I'rrsi-ntod by Mr. L. Bell.) S2.
Wentuortb. Nrw S.nitli Wales. f l*rc.s<-ntt-<l by Professor
Spencer.) 83. Louth. New South Wales. (Presented by Mr.
II. S. Ortieer.) S4. Kallara. New South Wales. (Prtvented
by Mr. Tulloh.) ST). Louth, Xew South Wab-s. (Presented
by Me.ssrs. Murray Hrotbers.) 80. Xew South Wab-s. C Pre-
sented by ^Ir. S. F. Mann.) S7. Tonjro Lake. X^'W South
Wales. (Presented by Mrs. Iloiiriirnii.) s*^. Wib-annia, X'ew
South Wales. ( Presentt-d by Mrs. Mitsc-lberjr.) 80. fopago,
X'ew South Wabri. ( Pn-st-nted by Mrs. .Johnston.) !»<». Wil-
eannia. Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. W. T. Dell.)
91. Louth, XVw South Wales. (Presented by Mr. H.
Murray.) 92. Louth. X>w South Wales. (Presented by Mr.
II. S. btticer.) 93. Kallara. Xew South Wales. (Presented
bv Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 94. Wileannia, X'ew South Wales.
(Presented bv Mr. W. Pike.) 9."). Kallara, Xi-w South
Wales. (Pre.^nted by Mr. IL S. Offieer.) 90. Copago, Xew
South Wab-s. (Pre.sented by Mrs. Johnston.) 97. T'opago,
Xew South Wab*^. (Presented l)y Mrs. Johnston.) 9S. Wil-
eannia, Xew South Wale.s. (Presented by Mrs. Mitselberg.)
99. Tongo Lake, Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mrs.
Hourigan.) 100. Louth, X"ew South Wales. (Presented by
Messrs. Murray Brothers. 101. Wib-annia, X'ew South
Wales. 102. Tongo Lake. X'ew South Wales. (Presented by
Mr. A. S. Kenyon.) 103. T'opago. X'^ew South Wab-s. (Pre-
9ente<l by Mrs. Jolni<foii.) 104. Louth. Xew Soutli Wales.
(Presented bv Mr. II. Murray.) lOR. Wileannia. X'ew South
Wab-s. (Pre-«ented by Miss (')tH«-er.) 1(»0. Louth. Xew Sonth
Wales. (Presented by Me.ssrs. Murray Brothers.) 107. Kal-
lara, X'ew Soutli Wales. (Prersented bv Mr. A. S. Kenyon.)
lOS. Louth. Xew South Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S.
Offiper.) 109. Louth. X'ew South Wales. (Presented by
Afi— iv Murray Brothers.) 110. Marra. Xew South Wales.
I l'r.-< iited by Mr. John Leigo.) 111. Wib-annia. Xew South
Wales. (Pri-sented by Mrs. Mitselberg.) 112. Tilpa. X'ew
South Wab>s. ( Prersented by Mrs. Melnerney.) 113. Wil-
eaimia. XVw South Wales. (Presented by Mrs. Mitselberg.)
114. Wilennnin. X»-w South Wales. (Present«d by Mr. John
I^-igo.) ll.'». Marra, X'ew South Wales. (I'resented by Mr,
John I^igo.) 110. Wib-annia. X'ew Sotjtb Wales. (Pre-
sented bv Mr. A. S. Kenvon.) 117. Wib-annia. X'ew South

Wnlrs. ( Prosoiitpd by Mrs. Mitsolbor<>-.) 118. fopago, 'Now
South Wales. (Pre^ontcd by ]\Irs. Joliiistou.) 119. .l)arling'
Ilivcr. Xcw Soutb Walos. (Prpsoiitcd by Mr. (\ O. Ofliccr.)
liM). Wib'annia, New Soutli Wales. (Presented l)y .Mi'. A.
S. Kcuyou.)

TASMANIAN STONE IMPLEMENTS. (Case 55.)

Tlie only sIdiic i iii |ilciiii'nts used by tlie Tasniaiiimi
aboriginals were roughly ilakei] stones, sometiuies inipi'ovcil
as cutting and r^eraping inqdenients by means of secondary
cliippings. In no ease were any liafted ; all were bold in the
hand. They vary nineh in size from the "hand axes," 4 to 6
inches in length to small chips less than an inch in diameter.
The main types seem to have been axes, scrapers, some of
wluLdi were notched like certain Australian and prehistoric
forms, and pounders. They are all decidedly crude, some of
them so much so that unless thej had been found on definite
camping grounds along with better-fashioned ones, they
would, just as in the case of many Australian implements,
scarcely be recognised as Iniman in origin. The resemblance
between them and the cruder forms of Austi-aban Haked im-
plements (Case 4Q) is very striking.

COMPARATIVE SERIES OF STONE IMPLEMENTS.

(Case 56.)

A comparative series in which stone impalements of various
]iinds from Australia and Tasmania are placed side by nide
with approxinuitely similar implements from prehistoric re-
mains in the old world. The close resemblance between the
two series is very evident, such differences as exist being
■due to differences in the material available.

CEREMONIAL OBJECTS. (Case 57.)
Nos. l-60a.

The objects in this case represent a typical series of those
which are used during and in connexion with the 2:>erformance
of sacred ceremonies, more especially those associated with
the totems in various Central Australian tribes.' In some in-
stances, as, for example, in that of the Nurtunjas and
Waningas, the object is supposed for the time being to repre-
sent the totemic animal or plant ; in others the designs
drawn on the head-dresses are associated with the particular
'totemic group in connexion wdth which the ceremony is
being performed, as, for example, in the case of the wooden
slabs from the Tjingilli tribe, decorated with conventional
drawings of yams. In other cases there is no apparent
connexion at the present day between the design and the

totomic proup with wliich it is associated, as in the instance of
the hiTfiv wooden shil)s ust'«l «iurinjr the rain ceremony. Tnder
normal conditions the dcsijrns arc ninovcd from the ohjects
at the cK»s«' of thr crrcnioniit* in which they liavc been \iM-*\.
The Nijrtunjas, Waninjras, and simihir ol)ject8 are always
taken to pieces as soon as ever tho ceremony is concluded,
the same Xurtunja or Waninga, as the case may be, never
being used for more than the one ceremony. Two apparently
closely iMmilar objects will represent totally distinct thing.s,
according to the nature of the ceremonies in which they arc
used. As they are intimately connected with sacred cere-
monies, the variotis objects are th<'mselves regarded as being
sacred, and may not be seen by any one who is not an initiated
member of the tribe. The decorations consist of down,
derived either from birds, more especially the eagleliawk, or
from plants, such as species of Epaltes. In some cases the
two forms may be mi.xed together, and the down is always
covered with pi|K'clny or red ochre, and fixed on by means of
human blood.

1. Xurtunja used during the performance of a ceremony
associated with the Adiilpa totem (" wild cat ") of the Arunta
tribe. The top is decorated with a bunch of eaglehawk
feathers, and nine wooden ("huringa are attached to it. The
Xurtunja is supposed for the time being to represent the
animal which gives its name to the totemic group, and the
('huringa belong to individual menibers of the same. (Fig.
169.)

2. Xurtunja associated with the .\chilpa totem ("wild
cat") of the Arunta tribe. Six wooden ('huringa are at-
tached to it. This and the one above described are fixed up-
right in the ground (hiring the performance of the ceremony,
and the men dance round and round shouting " Wah I Wah I"

3. A similar Xurtunja used during the perforniame of a
ceremony associatr-d with a kangaroo totemic grouji. This
one wart carried by a man, who held it up with both li:iii<ls
behind his back. Arunta tribe,

4. Xurtunja used during the perfornian-e of a <-<nniony
associated with the ** |dum tree " totemic group. For the time
being it repn'sente<l the toti-niic jdant, an«l was carried, as
shown, on the head of a man, the decoration of whose face is
copied on the cast. Arunta triin'.

5. Xurtunja used during the jh rtoiinance of a ceremony
connecterl with the sun totem. This was worn on the head;
the down tiseil i.s derived from the inv(ducral hairs of a
sjioeies of I'orttilaca. Tlu' bun-shaped object (4.'») repre-
sents the ,sun and its rays. Arunta tribe.

(i. Waiiiii.ua. 'riii> has the same .s'giiificanfc as the Xiirtmi-
ja. and is nsod ninrr (i-|)ci-ially auidiiiist ill" uiciiilxTs of llu'
soutlioru groui)S of ilic AiMiiita tribe and in the Luritja tribe.
It varies in size and form to a large extent. This one is made
out of a central spear with sliort eross-bars, strands of human
hair paivsing from bai' to bar ])arallel to the length of the
spear. Eaglehawk (b>\\ii is attached by means of hnmaii
Mood. Kain totem. Artiiita tribe. (Fig. 168.)

7. AVaniiiga nsod in connexion with a rat totem. The
main part is supposed to represent the trunk of' the animal,
,the point end the tail, and the handle end the head. Tlie
cross pieces indicate the limbs. Arnnta tribe.

8, 9. Two small Waningas used during the performance of
a ceremony associated with a kangaroo totemic group.
Arunta tribe.

10. Three bunches of the tail feathers of the black cocka-
too, with down attached to their tips. They -were used during
the performance of a sacred ceremony connected with the
Irriakura totem (Irriakura is the name of the tuber of a
Cyerus plant, which is a favorite food of the natives).
For the time being the feathers svmbolized the Howering
Irriakura. Arunta tribe. (Fig. 172.)

11. Head ornament of the tail feathers of the black
cockatoo, tipped with bird's down. Used during the per-
formance of a rain ceremony. Arunta tribe.

12. Three " pointing sticks," carried on the head of a man
representing an " Ortmcha/' or mischievous spirit. Arunta
tribe.

13-16. Shields decorated Avith designs in ochre and down.
TJr^ed during sacred ceremonies of the Fdniringita (a grub)
totem. Arunta tribe. (Figs. 173, 174.)

17. Small Pitchi, decorated with designs in ochre. Used
during the performance of a sacred ceremony associated with
the Unchalka (a grub) totem. Arunta tribe.

18. Small Pitchi, decorated with bands of down. Used
during the performance of a sacred ceremony associated with
the rain totem. Arunta tribe.

19. Small Pitchi, decorated with designs in ochre. In this
a pretsent of food was sent to certain old men by special
women after the performance of an initiation cereniotty in the
Warramunga tribe.

20. Head-dress made otit of twigs bound round with luiman
ha"r string, and decorated with down obtained from the in-
volucral hairs of the plant Portulaca flifolia. Arunta tribe.

I'! M» '■

CKKK'vi • M M

21. II«'ncl-iln'Hi« inailc out «.f twiji-* l.min.l rouml with liumaii
hair string, and drcoratrd with a design in down and ttrniinal
tufts of emu feathers. I'si'd durinj; a cortMnony associated
with the wind totem. Warraniunga trihe.

•J2-J'k Four hi-ad-tl reuses of a h)W eonieal form, decorated
■with desijjns in jdant (h»wn. I'^'d during the perforniancM* of
a ««a(Med eereujony associated with the Tjudia (deaf adder)
totem. "NVarrannmjra tribe.

26, 27. Two head-dresses mad*- out of '* paper hark ''
(Melaleuca leucodeiulron), and ornamented with a design in
down. L'.sed during tlie perfonnance of .«5acred ceremonies.
Aruntn tribe.

2S-,'J4. Seven head-dresses, with hirge wooden shibs. The
latter are decorated with designs in red, wliite, and bhick.
Each shib is covered first witli red ochre, and then, except
along certain lines or bands, which in two cases are ccdoured
black, the whole of the surface is covered with a niast^ of dots
of white pipeclay. Each slab is worn at the ape.x of the
head-dress, into which it is fastened, while the wearer dances.
Used in connexion with a rain ceremony. Arunta tribe.

35, :)6. Two wooden slabs decorated with designs in down.
I'ped in connexion with sacred ceremonies. Anula tril>e.

:J7. Wooch'u slab «Kcorated with wavy design <lrawii in
black on a red ground. I'sed during tiie performance of a
ceremony associated with a snake tot«*m. The slab was
broken across the back of a performer at the close of the
ceremony. Tmbaia tribe.

:\S. Wooden slal), with design in black and white. Used
during the perfonnance of a ceremony of the wallaby totem.
I'mltaia tribe.

:i0-42. Four woo«len slabs, witli conventional designs in
black, representing yams attached to roots. rs<'d in con-
nexion with a sacred ceremony associated with tlu' yam
totem. The slabs are worn fixed into tin- apex of a head-
dress made of twigs. Tjingilli tril)e.

43, 44. Two head-dresset*. consisting of flat discs, made of
grass stalks tied rotmd with hunuin hair string, and decorated
with designs in down. Used during the jterformanee of a
cen-mony associated with the yam totem. Tjingilli trilx-,

4.'>. Sacreil obje<'t. with design in whiti* and red «lown,
wh'ch is supposed to represent the navel of an ancestral
indivirhial and the rays of the .sun. I'sed <hiring the ]»er-

fortnance '>♦* i ■• riiiuinv .•i--iii-iatr(| uitli till" -nil t"»lem.

Arunta tri'

40. Object .ii[([M.«<ii ill Hjui-iiii .1 '111.111 ".111...... I M-d

during the perfornuincc of a .sacrwi ceremony a.*i«M'iated with
the black snake totem. Warramunga tril)c.

2Srt2. t

47. Object sni)]ios<>(I to ropresent the scrotum of a kauii'a-
roo. Used during tlie ])erforiii:uice of a ceremony associated
with the kangaroo totem. AVarramnnga tril)e.

4>. Ohji'ct made ou.+ of grass slalks hound round with fur
string and ornamented with bird's down. Worn on the head
of a man pel-forming a sacred ceremony of tin' white hat
totem. It is supposed to re])resent the^dead, limp hody of a
man wliom the natives are about to eat. Arunta tribe.

4!). Object supposed to represent a white cockatoo. Used
during the performance of a sacred ceremony associated Avith
tlie white cockatoo totem. Tjingilli trihe.

,->(). Object sn])poi3ed to represent a white cockatoo. Used
during the ])erformance of a sacred ceremony, the object of
which was that of increasing tlie number of Avliite cockatoos.
AVarfamunga tribe.

r>l. Object worn on tlu^ head during the performance of a
sacred ceremony associated with the TliabaUa (or hiughing
boy) totem. Tjingilli tribe.

52. Stone, called Anjulukuli, carried in the hands of men
performing sacred ceremonies in the Undjaia trihe.

53. A mass of red-ochred resin, carried in the hand during
the performance of a sacred ceremony in the Anula tribe.

54. 55. Two head ornaments made of grass stalks bound
round Avitli fur string and ornamented with designs in pipe-
clay and ochre. Each lias a terminal tuft of emu feathers.
Worn on the head during dancing ceremonies. .Anula tribe.

56, 57. Two Avands, carried in the hands of men 2:)erform-
ing the Tjitingalla corroboree. Arunta tribe.

58. A stick, round the end of Avhich a feAv r,trands of human
hair are wonn(L Used for smearing human blood on the body
of a man who is being decorated for a corroboree. Arunta
tribe.

59. DoAvn obtained from a species of Epaltes, ready for use.
Warramunga tribe.

60. Portions of a plant of the genus Epaltes, from Avhich
down used during ceremonies is obtained. Warramunga
tril)e.

60a. Sacred object called Pariltja, Avorn on the head of
the headman of a snake totem group in the Urabunna tribe
AAdiile performing a ceremony to insure the increase of the
snakes. The ceremony consists in his kneeling doAAm, extend-
ing his arms and piercing the skin of each with a pointed
bone, another man holding up a fold, of the skin for this
purpose. The bones AAdien not in actual use are greased and
Avrapped in liair cut from the head of a man of the snake

Pl.MT.. 18

aj^EMOMAL OBJECI

toti-iii. rnil)unna iriU-. OM INakf Station, noar Lake
Kyrr.

N..>. til- MM.

These objects an- all used duriiijr a special ceremony calle<l
Mtiraian. wliicli is perfiirnuui h\ the Kakadii. rnir»riii.
Kulunplutji, and allied trilxs that inhabit the country drained
by the West, South, and Kast Allipitor Rivers and, probably,
aU» the Cobur^ Peninsula and country extending to the east
of this ahmg tlu' coast line of the X<»rthern Territory.

The objects are divided into two scries — Sticks and stones.

Kach stick represents a toteniic animal or plant. The
stones, for the most part, repnt^ent either <'ggs of totemic
animals or yams. Their significance is thus radically di-
fereni from that of the Churinga auiongst the Arunta. The
latter is associated with the spirit part of a human totemic
ancestor, the former with the totemic animal or plant itt*elf.

In most cases the form and design of the stick are jjurely
conventional. The colours us<'d are two shades of red ochre,
yellow ochre, white pij)eclay, and charcoal. A very character-
istic ft'ature of the ornamentation is the fact that, whatever
the final design is to be, theistick is first of all covered with a
complete coat of red ochre. Fine cross-hatched white line*
form a very distinctive feature on all of them. In some
ca.ses strings or f<'athers derived from the iJluc ^lountain
parrakeet are added by way of ornament.

Whilst most are jjurely conventional, it it-; interesting to
note that this is not true of all, and that a gradation can be
traced from what are undoubted zoomorphs to strictly con-
ventionalized forujs. Xos. 103-110 are all supposed to
re|)resent turtles. In most of theni the resemblance in un-
mistakable, ('Specially in Xos. 104, lOS and 110, in which
vyvA are present, in 1<>7 the head is <bcidedly conventioiuil-
ized ; and the shovel-shaped structure seen in lO.'i in well on
its way to lose any close resemblance in .shaiM- to tin- animal it
represents.

Xo. 96 is suppo.sed to rrprcwnt a fish, thr tail being clearly
indicated as well as the «'Ve. Xo. (!(J. again, represents a
native companion, and, with its well-marked beak and at-
tenuated body, it is certainly suggestive of a bird living, with
its legs stretched backwards. In HIJ and 7.'» we have repre-
sentations of two snakes, whose sinuous movements are sug-
gested by the curvature of the stick. (Fign. 177. 178.)
In S3 the head and teeth are clearly indicate<l. In several
other specimens eyes are indicated. In r»7 and I>7 there is no

100

iiiistakiiii;- \\li;il llir |Kiir uf. respectively, l)lack ;iii(l wliite
spots live iiirniit lo indicate; hut it is only because they are so
clearly maikrd in these examples that the significance of the-
two yellow spots in 106, each surrounded by its circle of white
si)ots, can be understood. The same is true of the two holes in
72 and 74, which are now purely ornamental, but are modified
vestiges of original eyes. In many other caseis, such as
62, 67, 72, 74, 84, SG, 88, 97, 99, and 101, the terminal prongs
may possibly represent the two jaws of an animal; but, for
the most \)nv\, these and the remaining speciments are purely
conventional. (Fig.s. 179-1 S2.)

All the stonci^ appear to be naturally shai)e(l, and the de-
signs ar<' purely geometrical, with the exception of 125 (Fig.
186), on which in the centre is a conventional drawing of a
turtle.

These sticks and stones are handed down from generation
to generation.

The first one to be discovered was the turtle called Muraian.
An old ancestor, named Kulbaran, saw something strange
moving about in the water. He caught it, and discovered
that it was Muraian, and the latter then showed the man how
to make the sticks and stones and liow^ to perform the
Muraian ceremonies.

Others, such as the emu egg, represented by 133, were
found subsequently. This particular one was secured origin-
ally by a man named Nauundel, and since then it has passed
down through nine generations. The long stick, 140, repre-
sents a crocodile, and has descended through a line of nineteen
men, the names of whom are all known.

The Muraian consists, first, in the performance of a series
of totemic ceremonies, and may only be witnessed and taken
part in by elderly men, who, thereafter, receive the status term
of Lekerungen. It thus corresponds to the Engw^ira of the
Arunta, and forms the final initiation ceremony. It has,
however, a second aspect. x\t one special time a certain
number of sticks and stones are brought on to the cere-
monial ground, and after the men have performed various
grotesque dances, holding them in their hands, they are
])laeed in a circle on the ground, and all those present dance
round and round them, alternately extending and drawing
back their arms, and yelling " Brau ! Brau! " that is, " Give!
Give!" The idea is that the natives are demanding the
sacred representatives of the various animals and plants to
provide them Avith these same animals and plants that form
their food supply. The Muraian thus serves the double pur-
pose of an initiation and Inticliiuma ceremony.

^fnHhfi

( I Ul \1( i\1 \! ( iHirrT:

101

Tlu" objfi'ts ri'|»nsc«iitiHl arc as follow: —

(A) Sticks.

61. Tjunpoaii. a snake. (Fig. 176.) i'rJ. .limidaiiapa. a
fish. 64. Tjunara. a yam. 0.'). MiiiuK'lx'iibo. native turk«'V.
66. tlinu'ribunna. native coinpanion. 67. Kriliinj<»ri, a fi-inalr
croftulile. 6M. Kultkuli. cat-fish. 6i». Tjunara, a yam. 70.
Murlapn. a yam. 71. Tjunara. a yam. 72. .limidauapa, a
fish. (Fip. ISO.) 7:?. Murlapa. a yam. (Fifr. 17!>.) 74.
Mui.l)urunjn>i>. 7.'». Xumtrcji, a t*nakr. (Fig. 177.) 76.
Murlapa. a yam. 77. Kimhrrikara, Harramunda fish. 78.
Tjunara. a yam. 7!>. Tjunara, a yam. ^(>. A yam. >^1.
Murlapa. a yam. n2. .Timidauapa, a fish. s:{. Xunnn-ji, a
snako. (Fig. 17S.) vS4. lirutiu-niweir, the jahiru (Ximtr-
fii/nchus asiiiliciis). (Fig. 1n1.) N."). A yam. S6. Erihinjori,
a male crocodile. S7. Bararil, a small fish. S>. Munhurun-
gun. sn. liararil, a small fish. (Fig. 1.S2.) JH). Kimherikara,
Harramunda fish. !»1. Imnwulakeri, roots of the red lily. 92.
Tjunara, a yam. !>.'5. Minjiweya, a yam. fl4. A yam. 9.j.
Tjunara, a yam. !••'». Hararil, a small fish. !»7. .limidauapa,
a fip:h. I>S. Kimherikara, Harramunda fish. 0!>. Karakera,
the sptir-winged pluvf-r. K'O. Murlapa, a yam. KM. lirut-
peni\v<'ir, the jahiru. HL'. Harmil, a small fi<li. li>.">-lin.
Kudjalimra. a turtle.

(H) Stonks.

111. .Mlierjiji. egg of the ehestnut-hreasted duck. 11:.'.
Kulijidho. a yam. li:?. .Mundehenho, wild turk«'y egg. 114.
Idabarahara. ll.">. Kudjalinga. turtle egg. 116. Tjunara. a
yam. 117. Mundeheid)0. wild turkey egg. US. Erihinjori,
crocodile o^p. ( F'ig. US.) 110. Ko|>ereii)i. emu egg. 120.
Jimeribunna. native com]>anion eggs. 121. Kintjilhara. a
.snake. 122. Kulekuli. cat-fish. (Fig. 190.) 12:J."Worki, a
lily root. 124. rngaimiramilla, a yam. (Fig. is:{.) 12.'».
Kudjalinga. turtle egg. (Fig. 1S6. ) 126. Erihinjori. croco-
dile egg. 127. Kurijeama. '' plum." 12S. Kudjalinga. turtle
egg. 129. Kudjalinga, turtle egg. 130, ll]\. Koju-reipi, emti
egg. i:i2. .Jimeribunna, luitive companion egg. l^'l. Kop-
ereipi. emu egg. (Fig. 1S7.) 134. MundelH-nho. native
turkey egg. IS'i. A vam. 136. Mtin«lebenl>o. native turkey
egg. '(Fig. 185.) 137. Purijiliji. lily root. (Fig. ISS.) 138.
Jimeribunna. native companion egg. 13M. Kulori. a yam.
(Fig. 1S4.) 140. Erihinjori. crocodile.

Xo.s. 1-60 were collected and presented by Profesaor
Spencer ai ' M F 1 CMlm; .V..^. 6M40 by Professor
Spencer.

102

CEREMONIAL OBJECTS. (Case 57a.)

Six (li'corati'd slabs from Groot? Island, (iulf of ('ai'pcii-
taria. 'I'licv were found \vrai)i)od u]) in |iai>ci' liark aniongst
the rnins of an old cauip. Unforl nnandy noTliini;' definite is
known alioiit tli;'m save tlie fact that no child or luhra is
allowed lo see them, which indicate? that they are (udv used
in the |)erf()i-nianee of sacred ceremonies, prohaldy during
initiation of tlie yonnu- nion. They call to mind the sacred
objects associated with the Muraian ceremony of the Kakadu
tribe, each of which is su])])osed to represent some totemic
animal. The crude zoomorphic drawings on one or two of
them loud su])i)ort to this view. Apart from this they are
of great interest as showing a special form of colouration and
design suggestive of Eathurst, Melville Island, and Kakadu
objects. During the performance of ceremonies the natives
]irobably (lance round the larger ones which must evidently
be planted in the ground, and carry the smaller ones in
their hands. In each there is a series of panels divided off
by transverse bands, the former being filled with, for the most
part, purely conventional designs, the original meaning of
which cannot be told. In Xo. 1, however, the second and
fifth panels from the top show representations of turtles and
l)robably a turtle egg, an animal well known to the natives and
important as a food supjily. In Xo. 5, turtles are jirobably
also indicated on the seeo]id and third panek, and in No. 6.
the sixth and ninth panels have draAvings of some hairy but
unrecognizable animal. ISTo. 1 measures 7 feet in height by
1 foot in width; Xo. 2, 6 ft. 8 in. in height by 10 inches in
width; Xo. ?k 6 ft. 10 in. in height bv 6 inches in width;
No. 4, the smallest, 2 ft. 10 in. in height by 2.1 inches in Avidth.
Nos. 1 and 2 are simple slabs of heavy wood, probablv
Eucalyptus; Xos. 3, 4, 5, and 6 are made of light Avood. Xo.
3 is definitely shaped, the upper end possibly representing a
head and neck of some animal very much conventionalized,
and though ci'udely cut, suggests an association in form Avitli
certain of the Muraian objectr,. (Case 57.) (Presented bv
Mr. H. L. White. ^

CEREMONIAL OBJECTS. (Case 57b.)

Four ceremonial slabs, sometimes de-;crib;'(l as d:incing
hoards. The largest measures 10 ft. 2 in. in length, by 4|
inches in Avidth; the smallest, 7 ft. 2 in. in length by 3!} inches
in Avidth. They are used during special ceremonies, but
their meaning and the exact Avay in Avliich they are used is
not known. Each of them is decorated on one side only,
Avhich has also been red-ochred, Avith the very characteristic
square, grooved design met Avith noAvhere except in "West

Pb\TE 20.

aJ<KM()MM. OBJLCIb

PLATE 21

SACRED STICKS AND STONES.

103

Australia. Knuii l\iv fart that tlw- <lfsiirii cxtriiils along tho
\vli»»li' li'iipth of i-ai-h slab, it would appfar likt-ly that tlu-y
art' carrirtl ami not fixnl in the ground. From the Kalgoor-

lir I>i>tric't. AV. <• Aintnilia.

SACRED STICKS AND STONES. (Cases 58 and 59.)

1 li. -•■ .-a^'-i (•xutaiii a type st-rii--; uf tin- inMi-f imimrtaiit
forms of stono and wooden ohjeets associated in various ways
with the saered eeremonies of Australian native trilws.
(For explanations see also Cases 60-72.) DiflF.rent names
are given to them in different i)arts of the eontinent,
and while they vary very niueh in shajM*, many of them
U'long to the elass of ()l>jeets to which the name " hull-
roariT *' has he<Mi eomumnly applied. The term sacred is useil
Invause they are nevt-r alh»wed to l)e seen, or only on very rare
occasions, by the women and children; any infringement <»f
this rule, even if it be an accidental one, b«'iiig punishalde by
blinding or death. In probably all parts of Aur^tralia Hattened
sticks, most usually of the form of Xos. 1 and 14, are used in
connexion with the ceremonies attendant upon the initiation
of the young men, and the loud roaring noise, which is made
by rapidly twirling them round at the end of a string, is su|)-
pos«'d by women to Ih' the voice of a sjiirit which has conic to
take the youths away. In certain of the Central Australian
tribes each of thes«' sticks and stones is believed to be asso-
ciated with the spirit part of an individual (Xos. J>. 14, ir»,
16. 21, 23); in other trilx's, such as those which formerly in-
habited Victoria, no such definite at^sociation between the in-
dividual and the sacred object is known to have existed; and
in such tribes as the Kurnai. the Tunduu or bull-roarer was
identified with a great ancestor who conducted the «'fremony
of initiation and mad*- the bull-rnarcr, ami also a smaller one.
which represents his wife.

1-4. Sacred sticks, caHed -Miru; fn»m WiT-t Au-tralia.
This is twirled round at the end of a string .so as to mak«' a
roaring sound, which is a warning to women and the uniniti-
ated not logo near to the men's camj) while sacre«l ceremonies
are in course of performance. Huring om* c«'remony, calle<I
Kauri, which lasts one month, one or two men are told off
daily to swing the Miru. Kaw triln?. Northampton. Went
Australia. ( P'ig. 201.)

5. Thni' stone Churinga of the Warramunga tribe. wrappe<l
in emu feathers.

6. 7. S. Stone Churingas, palled .\nauarinia, oval and flat,
with a knob of porcupine-grass resin. Warramunga tribe.

9. Stone Churinga belonging to a rat totem. Warramunga
tribe. ( Fig. 192.)

104

10. II. II'. Sioiic ( 'lim-iii,i;;is liclonii'iii<>- to tlie Kulpu or
honey loU'iii. \Varr;iiHiiii,i;:i lril)c. (i'reseuted. by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. (iilli'ii.)

13. Stono Cluiringa of cnrions ronnck'd form, supposed to
have been carried by certain mythical ancestral women of the
yam Iiticm. AVarraimui^iia irilie.

14. Woixlcii Churiiifia, wild cat totem. Aniiita tribe,
Central Ansli'alia.

1,"). Stone Churiniia, wild cat totem. Kaitish frilir, Central
Australia.

Hi. "Wooden Churinga, a grub totem. Arniita Tribe,
Central Australia.

17-19. Three stone Churinga, pear-shaped, witli a knob of
resin, and (irnamentation of circles, bands, and spots of white,
black, and red. Kaitish tribe. Central Australia. (Presented
by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

20. Sacred stone of the Warramnnga tribe, encloi-scd in emu
feathers.

21, 22. Stone Churinga of the lliaura tribe, Ct'iitral .Aus-
tralia.

23. Sacred stone of the Worgaia tribe. Central Australia.
(Fig. 195.)

24. Sacred wooden stick. Lower Darling Kiver, New South
Wales.

25. Bull-roarer, used at initiation. This is the smaller one
of two used, and represents the wife of the supernatural
being who is 'SUj^posed by women and children to conduct the
ceremony. Chi para tribe, Tweed Kiver, North Queensland.
(Fig. 200.) (Presented by Dr. A. W. Howitt.)

26. Chimhaliri, sacred stick of the Urabunna tribe, used
during initiation ceremonies. (Presented by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

27. Bidu Bidu, sacred stick of the Larakia tribe, used
during initiation ceremonies. Darwin. (Presented by Pro-
fessor Spenccu'.)

2S, 29. Kunapippi, sacred sticks of the Nullakun and
Mungarai tribes, used during initiation ceremonies. Roper
River, Northern Territory. (Presented by Professor
Spencer.)

30. A stone which is supposed to represent the egg of an
emu, and wliicdi, during the performance of sacred cere-
monies, the object of which is to insure the increase of the
bird, is placed out in the bush, with the idea that the bird,
seeing it, will lay eggs. Kaitish tribe, Central .Vustralia.

10-,

.'ll-Ili^ Ston s, calh'il Cliuriiipa I'lu'liitn.!. sii|»|h»sci| to
reprrsfnt thf rjr^s wliifh prudiun- a grub that fi'wvs its iiaiiif
to a totem group in thf Arunta tribe, Ciniral Australia.
These stones are ear -fnlly |»re.s«'rve<l in saered store-housis,
anil are only bandhul by the men of tlie grub totem wheti
thfv are pj-rforntini? i-mMnoiii s f ' ' insurinj?

an abundant supply of ilu- grub.

34. A stone, ealh\l Bulk. This name was given by th«*
nativi'S of (iippsland to eerfain round stones whieh brlonged
to th- wizards or medicine uumi, the possession of the stone
being intinuitely associated with their magic power. Stones
such as tiiis are widely distributctl amongst the Australian
tribes, and are never allowed to be s <>n by women and
nninitiativl men. (Presentetl by Dr. A. W. Ilowitt.)

35. Stones which are supposed to represent certain parts of
a kangaroo. During a ceremony meti are rubbed with these
stones, an action which is supposed to assist them in catching
the animal. Warramuiiga trii)e. Murchisoii Kange, Central
Australia. (Presented l>v rmfe^^nr .*^pfii'vr int. I Mr. F. J.
Gillen.)

36. Stones, call >iN
HH'dicine man is supposcvl to liave a number of them di.s-
tributed through his body, and to project them at will into
the boijy of tlu' patient, in whom they counteract the evil
magic from the effects of which he is suffering. Wlieii this
has been accompli-b«d 'bi- -ton « rrtiiin iiili> tlu- body of tie-
medicine man.

37. Sacred objerl iii itii- t.-iiii «>t a .jiiari/ crystal wrapped
in human hair. l»ird*s down, and skin. Dieri tribe. Lake
Kyre.

3.S, Sa. . ''V rain-makers. Wilpma, S..iitb

Australia.

39. Sacre.l .<.nn- uf ilie tribe inhal>iting the diMrict of
Springshaw, (^ne<-nslaiid. The ston«' was carried about
wrapped in several layers of opossum skin, and was not
allowed to be s<'en by women and uninitiatol men. Obtained
from the natives bv Mr. S. Holitho, of Kainworth Station.
(Presented by Mr. C. D. Harber.)

40. Stone Churinga. made by a man of the Kuro (a kan-
garoo) totem. an<l given by him to a man of the *' plum tree'*
totem to enabl • the lattr>r to catch Kuro. The eoncentrie
circles on each side represent the intestines of the animal.
The two groups of si-mi-cirdes repnsiMit a male and female
Kuro. .\runta tribe. (Presented bv Professor Spencer and

Mr. I- .1 <;;". >

10(i

CHURINGA. (Cases 60-72.)

Ill these cases various forms of Churiiigu are illustrated.
Cliuringa are sacred stones and sticks which may only be
seen by the initiated members of the tribe, and are carefully
hidden from the .si.ffht of woincii and tlie uninitiated. Each
individual member of tlic tribe in whicli they are found has
his or her Cliuringa, whieli was carried about before birth by
the spirit whose reincarnation the man or woman is supposed
to be. In the Aruiita and other tribes of Central Australia
the ancestors of the tribe are regarded as the transformations
of various animals, the name of one of which each human
being bears as his or her totemic name, an,d therefore each
Churinga is associated with some totem. They vary con-
siderably in size and shape, and may be either perfectly plain
or ornamented with incised patterns, taking the form, most
usually, of spirals or series of concentric circles, with minor
ornaments in the form of wavy or straight lines. The mean-
ing of the ornamentation is perfectly arbitrary, but in all
cases it has reference to the totem of the individual with
whom the Churinga is associated. Every individual of the
tribe has his or her Churinga, and these are kept hLdden
away out of sight of women and children in some secret spot,
the locality of which is known only to the old men of the
totem group. They are carefully stored up in the sacred
store place, Avhicli is called an Ertnatulunga. Before birth
the spirit child is supposed to be especially associated with
the Churinga, and after birth the Churinga is searched for,
and if not found (wdiich it often is by some old man, Avho,
presumably, has j)rovided himself with one taken for the
2:)urpose from the store-house), then one is made and placed in
the store. At special times they are shown to the younger men
after their initiation, when sacred ceremonies commemora-
tive of the tribal ancestors are performed, and it is by means
of them that a verbal record is kept of the unwritten history
of the tribe. Churinga of this form are characteristic of
the Central Australian and probably also of the Western
Australian tribes, while the smaller wooden ones are found
all over Australia, and are commonly know^n as " bull-
roarers." They are usually made out of Mulga or some
hard wood, and are ^periodically rubbed by the old men with
grease and red ochre. The pattern is incised by means of
the lower incisor tooth of an opossum.

STONE CHURINGA. (Case 60.)

1, 2. Churinga of the emu toteni.

3. Churinga of the Luritja tribe. Central Australia.

-I. » liui inga of the ri\ '

tralia.

J. Churinga (totnn nui kiiuwiij ol liic Aruiilu iriLn . '
tral Australia.

6. Churiii^a of the Kuro (wallabv) tnf.tii. Arunta iriU-,
LVntral Australia. (Fig. 15H.)

7. Churiiiga of the Kuniiijira lol.ni. Kaitish tribe. Cen-
tral Australia.

8. i). C'liurinjia of a gra.ss-seed totem. Kaitish tribe, Cen-
tral Australia. Thrse two Churiiipi arc decoraHvl with
|>ij;nients and bird's down, and were tlms used during the
i)?rforn»ancf of a sacn-d cfrt'inony. tlie object of which wan
the procuring of a plentiful supply of gras3 seed, which is
eaten bv the natives.

10, 11. Churinga (totem not known) of the Arunta tribe,
Central Australia.

12. 13. Two stone Churinga from the Kaitish tribe. Cen-
tral Australia. (Presented bv Professor Spencer and Mr.
F. J. (;illen.)

14. Stone Churinga of the *' wild cat " totem, decorated
with red an<l white down. Kaitish tribe. Harrow Creek.
Central .\ustralia. ('PnseMt<d by Professor Sp.ncer and
Mr. F. .1. (;illen.)

Stone a.m> Woukkn CutKi.Ni.A. (Case 61.)

1. Three stones belonging to nu-n of the emu totem, e!i-
elo.'i.d in a ca.^e of emu feathers, closely similar in shape to
one of the Kurdaitcha shoes. Annua tribe, Central A\is-
trnlia.

2. Three stones, enclosed in emu feathers, belonging to men
of the rain tot m. One of them, with a knob of resin at the
end, is similar in shajM" to the sacred stones of the W:irr!i-
munga tribe. Arunta tribe. W. -• Macdonnell Hange«. '
tral Australia.

3. A very old snere*! stone of a man log totem,
I.uriija tribe, Central Australia.

4. Sacre.l stone of the Iliaura tribe. Central Australia.

5. 6. 7. Three sacred atones of the Warramunga tribe.
Central \"-' 'lia. Kach with a kmd) of resin at one en«l.

S. W ' luringa. Arunta tribi'. Central Australia.

9. Stniir * miringa of the Witehetty grub toteni. .Vrunta
tribe. Central Australia.

10. Stone rhuringa of the Witehetty grub totL>m. Arunta
tribe. Central Australia.

11. Stone Churinga wrapped in feathers. Arunta tribe,
Central Au-iraliii.

2862. 10

108

Xos. 1, 2, 5, 7, 8, 9, 10, aiul 1 1 presented by Professor
Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

Stone and Wooden Cm kin(;a. (Case 62.)

A series illustrating the stone and -wooden Clinringa of the
Arunta and Luritja tribes, Central Australia.

1-11. Illustrating woaden Churinga. 1. A caterpillar
totem; .Vrunta tribe. 2. Totem not known; Arunta tribe.
;'. Acliilpa (Dasyurus geoffroyi or "wild cat") totem;
Arunta tribe. 4. Euro totem; Arunta tribe. 5-8. Totem
not known; Arunta tribe. 9. Snake totem; Arunta tribe.
10, 11. Snake totem; Luritja tribe. All of the rest belong
to the Arunta tribe. 12-15. Irpunga or Jfish totem. 16-23.
Totems not known. 24-29. Witchetty grub totem. 30-31.
Emu totem. 32-35. Witchetty grub totem. 36-39. Euro
totem. 40-44. Witchetty grub totem. 45. Kangaroo totem.
46. Euro totem. 47. Witchetty grub totem. 48-55. Little
hawk totem. (Nos. 12-55 presented by Professor Spencer
and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

WooDEX Churinga. (Case 63.)

1. Bandicoot totem. 2. White bat totem. 3. Lizard
totem. This is a very rare shape, resembling a boomerang,
and is a very old one. (Fig. 197.) 4. White bat totem.
(Fig. 196.) ' 5. Water or rain totem. (Fig. 194.) 6.
Frog totem. 7, 8. Totem not known. The former has a
hole bored through one end so as to allow of its being hung
on to some such object as a N^urtunga during the perform-
ance of sacred ceremonies. (Fig. 198.) 9. Opossum totem.
Human hair string is attached to it, by means of which it is
hung on to a l^Turtunga. 10. A lizard totem belonging to a
Purula man. 11. Totem unknown. 12. A lizard totem be-
longing to a Purula woman. 13. Totem un.known. 14. A
lizard totem belonging to a Kumara man. 15-18. Totem
not known. 19. Witchetty grub totem belonging to a Bul-
thara man. 20. Witchetty grub totem belonging to a male
Kumara. 21. Witchetty grub totem belonging to a young
Bukhara boy. 22. Dingo totem. All these Churinga are
from the Arunta tribe. Xos. 10-21 were collected for the
Museum by Mr. E. C. Cowle.

Wooden CHrRiN(?A. (Case 64.)

1-9. Wooden Churinga of the yam totem. Arunta tribe.
Central Australia.

10-13. Wooden Churinga of the honey-ant (Yarninpa)
totem. Arunta tribe.

14. WooiU-n I'huringa ul lUv .-ran.- . Auj • '"'

Arunta tribf. „ , , \i

All ih.-st. siMH-iuu-nts Nverp vo\\vi'U-d for ti.. Mh-um, ..j

Wooden Ciukinua. (Cast" 0:..>
l.:5. Wooclon Churinpa of a man of the niiu (Krlia) totem.
AniMta tribe. fVntral Australia.

4. Wooilen Churinpa of a man of the t.ilka totem. Arunta

^5. 6. Wooden Churinga of a man ..f tli<- '* will-eat '
(Aehilpa) tottm. Arunta tribe. „ , , - i ;, »,..

7. \Voo.le.i Churinga of an ""-;»';'•' ;""':f,,^"\"'V ';„ ,u

8 Wooden Hiuringa of a n.an of the Inehillkineha (a bu.h
food on the ranges) totem. Arunta tribe.

All these speeimens were collected for the Museum hy
Mr. K. ('. Cowlc.

WooDK.N C'niKiNtiA. (Casc G6.)

J, -. Wooden Churinga of a man of the kangaroo totem.
Vrunta tribe. Central Australia.

:i 6. Wooden Churinga of a man of the carpet snake
( Knnia') totem. Arunta tribe.

\ Wooden Churinga of a man of the dove {(leopeha Iran-
,iuilla) totem. Arunta tribe.

S. Wooden Churinga of a man of the honey-ant ( \ arumpa )

totem, .\runta tribe. , a. k,.

All th.se speeimens were collected for tin- M.is.'um bv

M. K. C. Cowle.

Stoxk and Woodk.n CiiiKiMJA. (Case 67.)

1 • Wooden Churinga of a man of the emu (Krlia)
totrm. Arunta trilns Central Au.ntralia

:j. Woodn. Churinga of a man of tin- W itchetty grub
(Tdnirringita) tot.-m. Arunta tribe.

4. Stone Churinga nrn-.-nting the liver of a green snake.

Arunta triln*. __. . ..„ „_„u

:., 6. Stone Churin^ nuui of the W.tchetty grub

(Tdnirringita) totem. Arunta tribe

7. Wooden Churinga of a man of the litth- grub (In-

chaika) totem. Arunta tribe. ^ , ,, , ,

s-io. Wooden Churinga of a man of th.- Mulga .•^e-I i.. . ,„.

Arunta triln'.

11. Woodrn (l.uringa of a man of the crane (Anju;w..i.

totem. Arunta tribe.

12. Stone Churinga of a man of a grasa seed totem.

Arunta tribe.

110

13. Stone (Muiriiiii-;i I'cprcsciitiiiii; tli;' liver of an emu.
Anuita tribe.

All these specimens were colU'ctcil I'oi- llie Museuni hv
.Mr. K. C. Cowle.

Stone (^iii{i.\(;a. ((^is^' GS.)

1-7. IMackcned stone (Mnirini^'a of the Knro (AiMUi^-a)
totem. Arnnla tribe, Ccntrnl Australia.

8, 9. Stone C'huringa of the Hakeu flower (Unjianiba)
totem. Arunta tribe.

10, n. Stone Churing-a of a rat (Illuta) totem. 10.
Ai'unta tribe. 11. Kaitish tribe, l^an'ow Creek, Central
Australia.

12. Stoue Churinga of tlie water ((^natcha) totem.
Aruuta tribe.

13, 14. Wooden Churinga of the rain totem. Kaitish
tribe.

15-17. Small stone Churinga of a fish (Wunta) totem.
Arunta tribe.

18. Wooden Churinga of the bell bird tot in. Luritja
tribe, Central Australia.

19. Stone Churinga of a grass seed (Injirra) totem.
Arunta tribe.

20. Stone Churinga of the fire (Ura) totem.

(Nos. 1-18 presented bj Professor SiDeneer and Mr. F. J.
Gillen.)

Stone Churinga. (Case 69.)

1-7. Set of stone Churinga of men of the Hakea flower
(Unjiamba) totem. Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (Fig.
193.)

8, 9. Stone Churinga of men of the honey-ant (Yarnmpa)
totem. Arunta tribe.

10. Stone (Miuringa of a man of a snake totem. Arunta
tribe.

(!Nos. 1-7 presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J.
Gillen. 8, 9, 10 collected for the Museum by Mr. E. C.
Cowle.)

Stone and Wooden Churinga. (Case 70.)

1. Wooden Churinga of the lizard (Eehunpa) totem.
Arunta tribe, Central Australia.

2. Stone Churinga of the eaglehaAvk (Irritcha) totem.
Arunta tribe.

3. Stone Churinga of the little hawk (UUakupera) totem.
Arunta tribe.

lit

I ^ < 'liuriiign of the emu (Erlia i \

tril>.-.

5, Wooden Ciiuriiiga of the honey-ant (Yarumpa) totem.
Kaitisli tribe, IJarrow 0«H'k, rrntral Ausfralin.

6, Small .stom» C'liuriiiga of the tly (Aiiiiinga) totem.
Arunta tribe.

7, S. Stone Churinga of the Irriakura totem. Edible
bulb of ('«//>♦• rii.f roluiulu.s. Arunta trib**.

9. Wooilen Churinga of the Witehetty grub (Udnirriii-
gita) totem. Arunta trilx;.

10. Stone Churinga of the Yam tot<ni. Worgaia trihi',
Tennant Creek, C»'ntral Australia.

11. Stone CIniringa of the wrm totem. Anuita tribe.
12-14. Stont' Churinga of a grass st-ed (Arawinnia) totem.

Kaitish tribe.

1."), 16. Stone (Ijuringa of the Witehetty grub (Udnirrin-
gita) totem. Arunta tribe.

17. Boomerang-shaped woodt-n Churinga. From a native
?ravo. 40 miles north of tht- Harrier Ranges, Xew South
Wales.

IS. Wooden Churinga. Found on a native grave at
Crystal IJrook, South Australia.

19, 20. Wooden Cliuringa of the Tjingilli tribe, Powell
Creek, Cvntral Australia.

21. Wooden Churinga ornamented with an iueistd design
of squares. Xorth-We.st Australia.

fXos. 1-lC, 19, 20 presented l)v Profes.sor Speneer and
Mr. F. J. (Jillen.)

WfwnEN Cm Ki.\(i.v. (Case 71.)

1. Wooden Cliuringa of the Fmbaia tribe, Whanaluru
lagoon. Xortlnrn Territory.

2-6. Wooden Churinga of the Gnanji tribe, Maeartlmr
Kiver. Xortiu'rn Territory.

(XOS. 1-n ..v..^. .,r.-.l I.v I'r,.r,.>„,r Sm.-im-...- n.i.l Mr I .T .

Gillen.)

W«MM»K.N CiirKl.MiA. (Case 72.'*

1-... ■ <'huringa of a Panunga nun

(Erlia) Arunta tribe, Central Ausfrjil;

4. Wi»> It ii (liuringa of a Purula woman of I'ae wagtail
(Ti-er-tjirra-tjirra) totem. Arunta tribe.

r>. Wooden Churinga of a wood swallow (Turlpungi) totem.
.\runta tribe.

0. Woollen Churinga of a Kunuira man of the Eehumpa
iotem. .Vrtnita tribf.

112

7. Wooden Cliui-inga of a Punila man of a sanilhill rat
(Mulla) totem. Arimta tribe.

8. "Wooden Churiiiga of a stone standing np (Ulalla)
totem. Arunta tribe.

9. Wooden Cliuringa of a Pnrnla man of the green snake
(Talta-Kulpilla) totem. Arunta tribe.

10. 11. Wooden ('huringa. Totem unl^nown. Arunta
tribe.

12. Wooden Cburinga of a Panunga man of the carpet
snake (Kunia) totem. Arunta tribe.

13-15. Wooden Cburinga of a Purula man of a yam totem.
Arunta tribe,

16. Wooden Cburinga of a man of an ant (Mantu-pailka)
totem. Arunta tribe.

17, IS. Wooden Cburinga. Arunta tribe.

19. Wooden Cburinga of a Panunga man of a grass tree
{Xanihorrhcea Thorntoni) totem. Arunta tribe.

20. Wooden Cburinga of a man of tbe fire (Ura) totem.
x\runta tribe.

21. Woaden Cburinga of an Appungerta man of a bandi-
coot totem {Peramelcs sp.). Arunta tribe.

All tbese specimens were collected for tbe Museum by Mr.
E. C. Cowle.

MAGIC. (Cases 73-77.)

Like tbat of all savage peoples, tbe life of tbe Australian
aborigine is largely influenced by magic. If be desires to
belp bimself to procure food, to avoid or injure an enemy,
be bas recourse to magic. If bis food supply fails be attri-
butes tbis to tbe evil magic of an enemy, wbicb can only be
overcome by means of tbe exercise of stronger counter magic.
In tbis matter, like all other savages, he never dreams of
putting bis belief to anything like experimental test; what
his father and ancestors believed that he implicitly believes;
in fact, so strong is the influence of long-established custom
that he dare not do otherwise. The consequence is that
his life is really governed on all sides by magic of one form
or another. If he has eaten too much when food is abun-
dant, then the medicine man must exorcise the evil magic
wliieh is causing him pain, and his last moments, if he be
conscious, are spent in indicating to the medicine man the
individual by means of whose evil magic he is being killed.

When fighting he will, if possible, carry with him some
magic object, such as hair cut from a dead warrior, which
will both give him accuracy of aim and, at the same time,
destroy tbat of his enemy. If, on tbe other hand, he be-
lieves that the spear which has wounded him, however

PLATE 22.

OBJECTS OF MAGIC.

1 I ••,

slighllv, Ji:i> iMi-ii ■• -wiii: .1 .11. !..».. I ».i. .-• . ■• ;■'

so stroiij! is his hVivi in tlu- «'tticacy of tlii«, that he will
simply lii- ilown and tlio unl.-ss som.- wi/.anl. stronj; in ninpw
nowfr, can <-Mtiiittr:!"f ?!»»• ''vi! iiitlinnrr wiiii-h has i-iitrred
his bo«ly.

The i.alural ■ •, • tliat amon;;^- . ari»us

Australian tribes tlnri' are niunberlcss objects of magic,
whii-h \vi- may r..u«;lily divide into two groups— (1) Tl--
whii-h ar«' used with the nuiin idea of helpini; their po~
as, for example, in the ease of the saered ** bull-roam , ..-
lock of hair eut from a deaa nuin; and (2) thosi>, such as
pointing sticks and bones, which are solely used to injure or
kill an enemy.

lu some tribes the power of dealing in magic matters is,
to a large extent, confined to a sp.cial class of men, who are
spoken of as nu'dicine men, or wizards; but in others this is
not at all the case, an<l th • ordinary individual deals freely
in magic, tiiougli some m ii, an^l liiese by no means of neces-
sity the medicine men whose special functiou is the curing
of disease, are regarded as being more skilled than othrs.

It is naturally ditticult, in fact impossible, to draw any
hard-and-fast line between, on the one han<l, what are
d:'scribed as sacrivl objwts, and, on the other, objects of
magic. We have, however, speaking generally. coiifine<l the
former term to objects which are used in sacred cer. monies,
such as those concerned with initiation or the totems, and
the latter to those used by individuals for th.- purpose of
directly benefiting themselves, usually at the expense of some
other individual, or of injuring <>r killing the latt»r.

VARIOUS ARTICLES OF MAGIC. (Case 73.)

1, :.'. .N.-.-klii'^ nm.l.- inMii li»»' .»p..>>iim fur string girdb- and
head-band of a dead man. After the mourning ceremony
has been performed, thesi- are taken to pieces and re-made
into necklets, to which the name, Okindialanina-irrulkna-
kinna, is given. The first of these two wonls is th ordinary
name applied to th • necklets; the second is compounded of
the words irra (he), ulkna (grave), kinna (from), which will
serve to show that the ornaments are supposed to be in .some
way endowed with the attributis of the dead man. These
necklets nnist bp given to some member of the tribi- who
beh>ngs to the half of tlie tribe to which th- dcjul manN
mother belonged, and he must also be a nu-mber of some
other local group. When the neekl ts are ready, the men
of the group to whom they are to h^ i>res<'nie«l are sum-
,„f, : ... rl. . .MM... vili.r.-. out of slL'ht of th • W(»men. the

114

sou or younger brother of the dead luuu phices theui round
the necks of the recipients. From the northern part of
Arunta tribe, Central Australia. (2 ]iresented by Professor
Spencer.)

3, 4, and 5 are different examples of the same object, in
which there is but one horseshoe-shapod coil, the two ends of
which are tied together with oi)ossum fur string, decorated
with the tail-tips of the rabbit-kangaroo. These forms are
made amongst the western groups of the Arunta tribe, Cen-
tral Australia, and may be decorated with red ochre or with
bands of bird's down. They are supposed to endow the
wearer with strength and accuracy of aim, and to deprive
his enemy of the same. (Fig. 208.)

G. Left human femur (leg-bone), with the ends broken off,
decorated with red ochre and woun.d round with human hair
string. At one end is fixed a bunch of owl feathers. It is
carried in the hand during a fight, and is supposed to be full
of magic power, which is of benefit to the carrier and most
harmful to his enemy. (Fig. 212.)

7. A waist girdle made from the hair cut from the head of
a dead man. It is a most sacred object, and, except when in
actual use, is carried about wrapped up in bark with human
hair string wound round. The hair is cut off by the sons or,
if there be none of these, by the dead man's younger brothers
or their sons. While the hair is being cut off, the women
and children retire out of sight. The sons and younger
brothers of the dead man make it into a girdle, to which the
oldest son has the first right. The girdle must always
descend to a man who is tribally younger than the dead
man. It is called Kirra-ulkna, is suj^posed to be endowed
with the attributes of the dead man, and is worn on such
occasions as a Kurdaitcha expedition. The spirit of the
dead man is supposed to be resident in the tail of the rabbit-
kangaroo, which projects from one end. Arunta tribe.
Central Australia.

8. Bretta turdi Kurnai, or dead man's hand. In the
Kurnai tribe, soon after the death one or both hands were cut
off and dried, and a string of opossum hair was attached, so
that the hand could be hung round the neck and worn in
contact with the skin under the left arm. It was carried by
parent or child, brother or sister. It w^as supposed that on
the approach of danger the hand would pinch or push the
wearer, and as soon as it did so it was taken and held up
in front of the face, and the question put, " "Which way are
they coming?" If it remained at rest, the question was
again put, facing in another direction, until at last the
hand vibrated, thus indicating the direction in which the

li:.

daiig»T lay. lUv vibrations \v»ti' said to bi- so grral that
it " wouKl almost come over to the hoUIi-r." On the apju-ar-
aiicf of till' Aurora Australis tht* iiativfs iningincd that tho
worlil was about to be burnt uj), and tho hand was hold up
and niovcil backwartls and forwards whih- the wearer eon-
stanlly repeated the wonls. *' (io away I" This specimen was
found suspeiidetl round the neck of a woman who was shot
during a Hght with her tribe on the station of Angus
McMillan, (tippsland, Victoria. {Presented by Mr. Win.
Lynch.) (Fig. 211.)

9. A lock of hair cut from the head of a dead man, en-
cIoschI in bark and fur string, and worn as a charm. It is
supposed to act as a counter charm to evil nuigic, and during
fights to endow its possi*ssor with accuracy of aim. No
wonuin or child may see it. Arunta tribe. Central .\ns-
tralia. ( i're.-^ented by Profes.sor Spenc«T an.1 Mi-. I- . .1.
Gillen.)

10. A lock of hair, probably cut from the head of a dead
man, enclosed in bark antl wrapped round with 413 yards of
hunuin hair string. (Presented by Mr. J. A. Panton.)

VARIOUS ARTICLES OF MAGIC. (Case 74.)

1. .V " trumpet." calb'd ITpirra, used by natives in Central
Australia for the purpo.ses of charming women. A fire is
nuvJe, and then the man inhales some of the smoke through
the trumpet, singing as he does so. That night, while the
corrobore*' dance is held, he blows through the instrument,
and then the special woman feels tin* iiiHucnce of the charmed
trumpet. Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

L'. A small bull-roarer, called Xama-twiuna, use<l for
charming a woman who belongs to a distant group. A few
men retire at night to a .M'cludetl spot and chant songs of
amorous phrases addres.sed to the wonum. At daylight the
man who desires to .secure her swings the bull-roarer; the
humming sound is carried to the ears of the woman, ami has
the pow«>r to cause her to conu' to the man. The name is
derived from nama (grass) and twinna (to strike), because,
when u.sed, the instrument is made to strike the ground.
Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

.'I, 3.\. A shell (trnanxMit, called Lonka-Lonka, often worn
by men suspemled from the waist. It is \\>n-i[ for charming
women. A man who is desirous of .«H?curing .some women
charms it by singing over it an invitation to the lightning to
come aitd dwell in the sludl. At night ho wears it sus-
pendinl from his waist, and then, while he danc<>s, the woman,
and she alone, .sees tho lightning flashing from tho shell,

ami is ;irtr;ict('(l to tlif man. hi llic case of these tlire.^
iiistniiueiits (A'os. l,'-2, 3), the wniiiaii cliarmed must beloiiii'
to the grouj) into wliieh the man may hiwi'ully marry, and
if she be assigiioJ or married to another man, a fight always
en sties.

4. Three spceimens of a string knout, wliich is ma(h' by the
Warramunga tribe, and endowed witli magic power. One
at least of these is possessed by almost every man of the
Arunta and oiher ("entral Australian tribes, and is used to
keep women in subjection, its stroke being supposed to result
in very serious injury. The knout is also cracked like- a
wliip iu the direction of any one whom it is desired to
injure, ihe evil influence being carried to the- Adctim through
the air. The implement is made by the Warramunga
tribe, and is used by Arunta, Ilpirra, and Kaitish men over
a large area of Central Australia. (Fig. 209.)

5. A knout, similar in its use to Xo. -i, found amongst
the Bingongina tribe. Central Australia. (Fig. 210.)

6. A charm, called Tikovina, worn during fights by the
natives on the Herbert Eiver, Queensland. The natives
say that in times past a powerful being, named Kohin, came
to the Herbert Eiver in the form of a carpet snake from the
Milky Way, which he said was full of fish. He brought two
of these Tikovina with him, and instructed the men how to
wear them, which they do by means of a string round the
neck, the charm hanging down between the shoulders. It
insures accuracy of aim with the spear and immunity from
injury. It is further said that the head men of the tribe
have to eat human flesh every three years, or else they are
unable to commune with Kohin. (Presented by Mr. John
Gaggiu.) (Fig. 207.)

7. 8. Case of bark and object of magic, called Tchintu.
The latter was wrapped in the former, and consists of a
knob of porcupine-grass resin with two incisor teeth of a rat
and a hair string, covered with down, about 2 feet long.
Tchintu is the name for the sun, and this object is supposed
to contain the sun's heat. If placed in the track of any
individual the heat follows him up, and sooner or later he
will be seized by a violent fever, which will burn him uj).
Wyingurri tribe. Central Australia.

9. Okincha lanina irrulknakinna, necklet made from th^
hair string girdle and neck-bands of a dead man. Worn
on an avenging ])arty. The s])irit of the dead man is sup-
posed to be resident, for the time being, in the dog's tail.
Arunta tribe.

117

10. riiilara, a head-band inad«' of \vliit<iiod fur string,
worn bv men to chnrm women. Aninta tribe.

11. Object of iiingie, ealbnl Kupitja. worn through th? hole
in the nasal septum by medieine men in the Warramunga
tribe. It is supposivj to br full of magie eonnected witli a
mythie snake, from whom the nudieine nien receive tlieir
power. Warramunga triV.

(Xos. 7-11 presented bv Professsor Spencer an<l M:. 1 . .1.
Gillen.)

1'2. I'eriperipu, a bull-roarer u.^ed as a charm. Xorth
Quccnshmd.

VARIOUS ARTICLES OF MAGIC. (Case 75.)

In many Australian tribes the hair of the head is wholly
or partly removed immediately after d-ath, and used for
magic purposes. In tiu> Arunta and rnmatjcra tribes in
Central Australia «)nly the hair from the top of the hejij is
removed; in the Kaitish tribe the whiskers are also cut oflf
an<l made into a special magic impleujent. called Aknntilia;
farther north, in the Warramunga. only the whiskers are
used; but in the Tjingilli and west from them, right down,
jjppar.ntly. to tlie coast of the (lulf of Carpentaria, both
iiair and beard are pr<."served. In eadi case the hair is mad<.'
info some such sacred object as the Kirra-ulkna (Arunta),
Wailia-wailia and Akuntilia (Kaitish), Tana (Warra-
munga), Tjantimmi (Tjingilli), Arc, which is carried by
the avengc-r of the dead num. Such hair is always k<'pt,
because it is supposed to be eiulowed with the attributes of
the (h'ad man, and, tiierefore, to give sp.cial power to its
jmssessor. In thj* Warramunga tribe a girl sometimes car-
ries a Tana containing hair cut from the whiskers of a dead
Xaminni (mother's broth r). This man lias the right to
allot her, and the Tana iikdicates that she is the property
of some man, and "•'- ■'^-•' •«- ' ■•''•■'•'n .i./.i-n^; ilir ,i,U :iti,-.'<
of other men.

1-7. Tana. Warrauiunga triln-, I iimaiil Lr.i-k, ( miral
Australia. .'» is carried i)y a young w<»nuin to signify l)e-
trothal.

S. \L K' ■•■-'-■ '••;!. . |::.>--..v. ('.•...L. ('.-,•.•,1 \iis.

tral

9, ID. WaiUa-wailia. KaUi.'.ii tribe, lia:ruw fn-ik, ( m-
tral .Vu-itralia.

11. Irrulknakinna, in a cover of emu feathers, with tin-
head-l>ands of the (had man. .\r>inta tribe. CiMitral Aus-
tralia.

118

12. liuruniburii, .dciul man's anii-boiie, wrapped in paper-
bark, ornamented with a design of yellow and black spots.
Tliis bone Avas taken out of the ground after having been
broken and buried according to certain burial rites of the
Warramunga tribe. It had previously been taken out on an
avenging expedition.

13. Head-bands, containing hair of a .dead man. Arnnta
tribe, Central Australia.

(Xos. 1-13 presented bv Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J.
Gillen.)

POINTING STICKS AND BONES. (Case 76.)

These are implements of magic which are used for the
purpose of injuring an enemy. Each one consists of a
piece of bone or wood, one end being pointed, and the other
often tipped with a small mass of resin. They may be
ornamented with marks made by a fire-stick or with bird's
down or with rings of white, red, yellow, and black pigment,
while, occasionally, they may be rubbed all over with grease
and charcoal. In the Central Australian tribes, from
amongst whom most of the specimens have come, a very
common method of using them is as follows : — The man
who has made one goes along to some unfrequented spot,
and mutters over it such curses as the following : *' May your
heart be torn asunder! May your backbone and ribs be
rent asunder! May your throat and head be split
open ! " That is what is called " singing the stick," which
results in endo"v\T.ng it with evil magic. He then leaves it
at the spot for a few days, after which he brings it at dark
to the camp where his enemy is sitting, and from some little
distance points it at the latter, at the sam'^ time repeating
the curses. After this has been done the victim is supposed
to sicken and die, unless his life be saved by the counter
magic of a " medicine man."

123. Various forms of pointing sticks, used by the Arnnta,
Jlpirra. Kaitish, and other Central Australian tribes. The
rounded ones are commonh" called Irna, and the more
flattened ones, Takula. (Figs. 202, 203.)

2-i. A double pointing stick, peculiar to the locality of
" Running "Waters,'' on the Finke River, Central Australia.
When used, two men stand facing one another. One holds the
string, while the other, grasping the instrument in both hands,
points it, with a series of jerks, between his legs, in the direc-
tion of the man whom it is desired to injure. The effect is
supposed to be the discharge of blood from different organs
of the body, resulting in a wasting death. Arnnta tribe.
(Presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J. Gillen.)

PLATE 23.

KURDAITCHA SHOES.

lilt

25. A spi'i'iiil form i-arriitl by tlu- iin-dii-iiu- niuii who a<-
coiupjinics a man going as a KnrJaiti-ha to kill an t-ni-my (for
ixj.lanation, sec casi- of Kunlaiti'ha shoes). The pointing
bone is earrieil inside a hoUow bone, which is worn as u nose-
bone. The fcirm is calUtl Injilla. aiwJ is phiced by the
meilicine man under tlte tongu.- of the victim after the latter
has been speare.l, an.l has the power of ren<lering him
oblivious of evi-rything that has occurred. (Fig. 204.)

2t3-31. Pointing bones, or Injilla, of the Arunta tribe.
Central Australia. (Fig. 205.)

32. 33. rilinka. pointing sticks supposiU to b,- u-ed by
spirit individuals for inserting in the bodies of men. Arunta
tribe. Central Australia. (Fig. 206.)

34. Special form of pointing apparatus, called Cngakura.
It consists of a strand of human hair string, to which is
attached at one end a pair of (daws of tlie eaglehawk. and at
the other five pointing bones. Arunta tribe. Central .Vus-
iralia.

35. Pointing stick, Wanga, with burnt design. M:. Mar-
garet, Western .\u>tralia. ( Pn's<Mite.l by Mr. \N . X
Cannon.)

36. Pointing stone, Xakitja. This is an opaline (|uart/.
spear-head that has been "sung" by members of a distant
trilu', and so endowed with evil ntagic. It is u.<tvl by the
Kaitish tribe. Central Australia.

37. Two pointing sticks wrapped in bark. Kaiti.-h trib.-,
Central Australia.

38. Six pointing bones, Tjingilli tribe, with knobs of resin
covered with white down. Tjingilli tribe, Central .Vustralia.

39. Six short poijiting bone.<. Arunta tribe, Macarthur
Kiver, Xorthern Territory.

40. 41. Flat pointing bonrs. Arunta tribe. Central Aus-
tralia.

42. Double pointing bone. Frabunna tribe. Lake Fyre,
Central Australia.

(.Vos. 33, 36-31», 42 pro>onted by Profes-<or Spencer and
.Mr. F. J. (;illen.)

SHOES, &c., WORN DURING A KURDAITCHA.
(Case 77.)

.V Kurdaitcha num i- '-i>e who has either been formally
.selected, or goe« out on his own initiative, wearing emu-
feather .shoes, to kill an individual who is accused of having
injured .some one by magic. He may or may not be accom-
panied by a medicine man. If he be, then the latter also
wears the shoes, which are attached to the ankle and leg by
human hair string and decorated with binl's down fastene*!
2W12. 11

1 ■_'( I

on by Iniinaii blootl. 'I'lic bodies of the iiicii arc also decorated
with clown and charcoal, and the hair tied up in the manner
shown in the photograph. Xo man may " go Kurdaitcha "
win:) lias not submitted to having the great toe of one foot
dislocated. In .doing this the ball of the toe is applied to a
hot stone until it is supposed to be softened, when it is sud-
denly pulled out violently' to the side, and thus dislocated.
Each shoe consists of a pad of emu feathers, which are made
to adhere by continuous prodding with a bone needle, so that
they become closely intertwined. The upper part consists of
human hair string plaited into a net, in which, at one side,
is a hole for the dislocated toe to pass through. The Kur-
daitcha man carries one or more of the sacred stones or
wooden Churinga (bull-roarers), which, while creeping upon
his enemy, he carries between his teeth. The possession of
this sacred Churinga both gives him accuracy of aim and
prevents his enemy from discovering his presence. After
being wounded the enemy faints, and the medicine man
comes up and heals the wound by magic, often inserting into
it a small lizard, which is supposed to suck up the blood.
When the man revives he is obliviotis of all that has hap-
pened, and returns to camp, where, soon afterwards, he is
supposed to sicken and die. It is commonly stated that the
object of the shoes is to conceal the track of the wearer, but,
inasmuch as an overturned stone or a blade of grass pressed
down is sufficient to reveal to a native not only the fact that
some one has been walking, but also the direction in which
he has walked, the most that the shoes can do is to prevent
its being known exactly who has made the track. At the
present day the Kurdaitcha is probably a matter of make-
belief, and the equivalent of a bogey-man.

1. Under surface of a shoe. Arunta tribe, Central Aus-
tralia. (Fig. 215.)

2. Upper surface of a shoe. Arunta tribe, Central Aus-
tralia.

3. Pair of shoes tied together with human hair string.
They are often used like this for carrying about small sacred
objects, such, for example, as the stone knife used during the
initiation ceremonies. Arunta tribe.

4. 5. Upper surfaces of a pair of shoes. One of them is
decorated as it is when being used, and contains a small
wooden Churinga and the ball of human hair string used to
tie the shoe wit\. (Figs. 213, 216.)

6. Small stone Churinga, carried between the teeth.

All the above are from the Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

7. Kurdaitcha shoes used by the Kaitish tribe, which
inhabits country to the north of the Arunta tribe. The front

IJI

l.ari of tlu- ti»ot is t-m-lo-sol h\ a covfring of ••mu fi-ath<'rs.
no network of hunmn hair string being employed. ( Fig. 214. )
S. Patl of emu feathers used in eonnexion with th«' Kur-
daitelia e. remony. The e.xaet u.se of lliis is not known.
.\runta tribe. Central .Vustralia. (Presented l)y Professor
Speneer.)

9. Uiuler and upper surfaees of a pair of shoes, eonsisting
of a flat pad of emu feathers cilged witli a narrow network
of bandieoot-wool string. Wilgena distriet, Soutli Australia.
Presented by Mr. Bernard Hall.

10. Noo.se, or Xeeruni, u.sed for strangling an enemy. 1;
consists of a needle made from the fibula of a kangaroo and
u rope 2 feet 6 inches long. The eord is formed of string of
seven stranils. whieh are '> feet long. One end of the rope
is fixed to th- bone by kangaroo tendon; the other is nnule
into a loop, also fi.xed by tendon. It is .said that the bone is
slid under the vietim's neck while asleep, put through the
h»op, an<l quickly drawn tight. The inidy is then carried away
to a seelmled spot, wh-re the '" kidm-y fat " can be extracted.
Wotjoballuk trilM'. Vi.-r..ri;i.

STONE KNIVES USED IN CERTAIN INITIATION
CEREMONIES. (Case 78.)

1. Knife with resin haft, in a Kurdaitcha .shoe nuide of
emu feathers and iiuman hair string netting. The carrying
of the knives and other small objects used during sacred cere-
monies in these shoes is ap|)arently a precaution for keeping
them from being seen by women and ciiildren. to whom the
shoes are also forbidden. Arunta tribe. Central .Vustralia.
(For explanation and <|..-e|riien< ..f Kurd;iiie]ia shoes, see
Case No. 77.)

2. Knif«' with resin haft, wrapped ni iiunian liair string.

A( nling to tradition this is one of tin- old ston<' knives.

caUiNl Lalira. us d in the far past when the performance of
the rite during which it wa- used was first iiiTro.luceil.
Arunta tribe.

3. Circular stone knife, known a- a Knnda >l"ii--. .md used
for circumcision. From Western .Vustralia. ( Pre.s«'nted by
Profe.H.sor Speiu'er. )

4. Decorated knife with yellow-o. hri d resin haft, and
sheath made of paper-bark and whitened fur string. r-s<'d in
ceremonies connected with women, ami also in the circuiii-
cision c«-renjony. Warramunga triln-. 'i'ennant Creek. Cen-
tral .Vustralia. ( I're.sented by Profess.. r Spencer and Mr.
F. J. (iiUen.)

122

5. Docorati'd knife, and shcarli iiiadL- of paper-bark and
whitened fur string. Warrauiunga tribe, Central Australia.
(^Presented by Professor Spencer and ^Ir. V. J. Gillen.)

6. Decorated knife, and sheath nia.de of paper-bark and
whitened fur string. Used in the circumcision cei'eniony.
Arunta tribe. Central Australia.

MOURNING AND BURIAL. (Case 79.)

Amongst the Australian aborigines it is a widely-spread
custom for the hair of the head to be plastered over with
pipeclay or kaolin in token of mourning. In some tribes
individual locks of hair are thus enclosed, causing the hea-d
to appear as if it were ornamented wdth a lot of white
sausages, the upper part of the face and the body being also
smeared over with white. In other tribes the Avhole of the
hair is enclosed in a dense mass of gypsum, forming what is
called a '' Kopi," specimens of which are seen in the lower
part of the case. It is said that this, which weighs 10 or 11
pounds, is renewed at intervals of a week or two, and the old
" Kopis," as they are removed, are p)laced on the grave, their
number testifying to a certain extent to the esteem in which
the dead individual was held.

The two chaplets seen in the upper part of the case are
worn by the widow of a dead man, or mother of a dead
child, on the occasion of the performance of a ceremony
called " Urpmilchima " in the Arunta and Ilpirra tribes.
Central Australia. In these tribes the bodies of the mourners
are, as usual, plastered over with pipeclay ; the women in the
camp cut themselves with knives, beat themselves with sticks,
and give vent to the strange, weird wail which all day an.d
night is to be heard arising from a camp in which a death
has taken place. After the lapse of perhaps twelve or eigh-
teen months the final ceremony, which indicates that the
jjeriod of mourning is at an end, is carried out at the grave.
The chief mourner, widow or mother, has made a chaplet,
called " Chimurilia," out of little groups of hones attached
by porcupine-grass resin to one of the ordinary fur string
head-rings. Her head and the upper part of her body are
again bedaubed with pipeclay, and the chaplet is worn so
that the bones hang down over her face and nearly conceal
this from view. In addition, she wears little tufts of the
bright-coloured feathers of a cockatoo. At the grave, amidst
loud lamentations, the men and women cut their bodies in
token of grief, the chaplet is torn to pieces and buried in the
grave, and the twigs which covered the latter are trampled
upon and broken in pieces. The name of the ceremony,

PL\TF. 24.

MOURNING QiXPLETS. ETC.

123

*• rrpiuiK'hima." iiicans " breaking tlu- twigs iit pita-cs ' ; and
after this tii:- spirit, which has hith<-rti) haunted the old
i-anip. is suppDsi'd to return to its ancestral huntinj? grounds,
wliern it associates with other spirits; though at times it
will return to visit, but not unnoy, its living relatives, who,
by placing the broken chaplet and colour«'*l feathers in the
grave, have signitii'd tliat tiiey have properly mourned for
the dead.

1. C'haplei ornamented with tlu- red bea<ls of the bean
tree { Kri/thrina ri'spcrtHlu). From the llpirra tribe, Cen-
tral Australia. (Fig. 218.)

2. 3. C'haplets (I'himurilia) of the Annua tribe, Central
Australia. (Fig. 217.)

4. Chaplet which has been brokt-n up ami placfd in the
grave.

3. Fur string rings, worn by the women mourners and
then buritvj in the grave.

6, 7. Small pitchis in which the Cliimurilin arc carried.
( Xos. 1-7 presented l>v Professor lS]»encer and Mr. 1". .1.
Gillen.)

5. Parcel of bones of a child, wrapped in paj)er-bark and
fur string. Carried by the mother. Ord and Nitrri Jvivers,
Kimberl -y district.

1», 10. 11. Widow's head-dress or "' Kopi," made of gypsum.
Murray River. ( Fig. 219.)

12. Widow's head-dress or " Kojti " matle of gypsum.
Tilpa, Xew South Wales. (Presented by .Mr. .1. Mungovan.)

13. Armlets, worn by women of the Kakadu and allied
tribs during the Morlil or mourning ceremony. They arc
made out of string manufactured from fibres of the bark of
the Banyan tree. Tlu'V are worn on the arm. just above the
elbow, and are called Kundama by the Kakadu. (Presented
by Professor Spencer.)

14. An exce|)tionally large widow's cap or *' Kopi." Kallara.
Darling Hiver, New South Wales. (Presented by Mr. II. S.
Ollicer.)

l'»-22. Ovnl grave stones made of gypsum. I.'»-I7. i I'r -
sentcfl by Mr. (traham Oflicer.) 1S21. Tongo Lake, New
South Wales. ( Pr.s«nted by Messrs. If. S. OtHcer aiul A.
S. Kenyon.) 22. Tilpa, Xew South Wales. (Pre.scnte*! bv
Mr. MnnL''>Viiii.~)

MOURNING AND BURI.\L. (Case 80.)
In the Hinbinga. Anula. Mara and other tribes inhabiting
the country on the west coaat of the (iulf of Carpentaria
the ceremonies conneeted with mourning and burial are of an
<daborate description.

121

Soon after death the greater part of the flesh is removed
from the bones and eaten by certain individnals. The
bones arc placed on a platform in a tree, and allowed
to remain there nntil they are dry and clean, \yhen they are
taken down and wrapped in pa])er-bark. The parcel is
placed in a forked branch of a tree, Avhich stands npright
in the middle of a small cleared space margined by a little
circnlar mound, which is incomplete at one side.

The greater part of the bones are wrapped in one parcel
(1), but the arm-bones are kept apart and enclosed in fur or
hair string (2, 3, 4), and at a later date are handed over to
men w^hose duty it then is to avenge the .death.

The forked stick is placed close to the camp of the father
and mother of the dead person, and there is always some one
watching over it. A little fire is kept burning day and night
within the raised circle, and is never allowed to go out.
Finally, the bones are taken down and, after an elaborate
ceremony, during which performances connected with the
totem of the dead person are enacted, they are placed in a
kind of coffin, called Lurkun or Lurgun, made out of a hollow
branch decorated with a design belonging to the totem.
This coffin is then carried away, and left in the branches of a
tree overhanging a Avaterhole in which water lilies, a staple
food of the natives, grow. Here it remains undisturbed until,
perhaps, it tumbles into the Avater, or is carried away by a
flood.

The parcel of bones in this case was obtained in a camp of
Binbinga natives on the banks of the Macarthur River, and
the coffin was made by the mother's brothers.

1. Parcel of bones wrapped in paper-bark.

2. Arm-bone of the same individual. wrapi)e(l in fur string.

3. Arm-bone, wrappod in fur string and enclosed in paper-
bark.

4. Arm-bone, wrapped in human hair string.

5. Coffin, decorated with design of the Turtle totem.

6. Smaller coffin for the bones of a young person.

7. Small coffin, wra])ped in paper-bark (bark of Melaleuca
leucodendron).

8. A large coffin, or Lurkun. Boroloola, Macarthur River,.
Northern Territory.

(Nos. 1-7 presented by Professor Spencer and Mr. F. J.
Gillen. Xo. 8 presented by Sergeant Dempsey.)

PLATE 26.

GRAVE POSTS.

\-2'>

MELVILLE AND BAIHURST ISLANDS GRAVES.
{Case 81.)

On Mt'Ivillc aiitl lSaliiui'>t I>lait.i> tlu- <lt'U(l arc |)lartil in
tlu' ^niuml, a small iiiouiul covcri-d with shci-ts of paprr-hark
at first marking tin* spot. Tlu' grass and hrrbagr art- flearc*!
away, and aftiT the lapsi* of sonu* months gravi'-posts arc
crcetfd. The total numbi-r of posts does not appear to ex-
ceed twelve or thirte,-n, and they may be erceted at intervals
of time. Eaeh of them is decorate<l with a crutli- tlesign in
red and yellow oehre, ehareoal, and pipeelay. I'hey vary in
height from '2 or ."{ tt» 12 feet, with a diameter of from 9 to
12 inches. They are crudely carved, in such a way that
alternating broad and narrow bands are often present at the
upper end, which may be pierced by a rectangular space,
leaving only a thin slab on each sLile to support the uj)per
part, or it nuiy terminate in two elongate prongs. On every
grave there are usually t»ne or more posts notably taller than
the rest, an«l on thest- bark baskets are placed which have
been used by the native. Until the total number of posts
has been erected the grave is looked after and, wheiu'Ver
visited, the grass and herbage on and immediately around it
are cleared away. When fresh posts are erectej special
danc<*s are performed around the grave, but when once —
it nuiy be after the lapse of somi- years — the posts are com-
plete no further trouble is taken, and as time pa.sses by they
rot away or perish in bush fires.

The.se post"* wer;- removed from two graves placivl side by
side in tin- interior of Melville Lsland. The posts of one
grave have been repainted by the natives to show the original
scheme of decoration. The photograph shows the two graves
in their original surroundings and condition. HMates 2.'», 26.)

GRAVE-POST. (Case 82.)

This inci.s«'d di-"!;;!! wa- iiiii'l \>y a man of the Varra trib •,
Victoria, as a grave-post to be placcvl over the grave of an
aboriginal named nungelin. It was not known what meaning
was attached to the .'Several figures; but it was suppos-d by
the aboriginals of the Varra Kiver tribe that the men repre-
,s<'nted in the tipper part of th- drawing are frii-nds, who
have been appointed to investigate the cause of the death of
Hungtdin. The figures of the birds and nuimmals (etnus,
lizard, wombat, and kangaroos) are sai^l to indicate that he
(lid not die for lack of foo<l ; and the strange anc] .somewhat
ob.Hcure forms Ir low the cro.ss band are tho.se of Mumps, or
spirits who have cau.sf>d the death of the aboriginal by their
wicked enchantments.

12()

OBJECTS USED BY THE NATIVES OF MELVILLE AND
BATHURST ISLANDS. (Case 83.)

1-19. Baskets made out of tlie bark of a gum tree (Eucalyp-
tus tetradonta). The bark is stripped from th(! tree during
the wet season in slabs of various lengths and widths, accord-
ing to the size of the basket desired. Each slab is folded
upon itself, and the edges are sewn together Avith split cane.
One-half of the margin of the mouth is strengthened with
interlaced split cane, and the fragile handle is always at-
tached to the middle of this side. The baskets are decorated
with designs drawn in red and yellow ochre and Avhite pipe-
clay. They are bold, crude, very characteristic of the natives
of Melville and Bathurst Islands, and quite unlike any met
with on the mainland. In some cases, as iu Xos. 1 and 6,
they are the same on both sides, but in others, as Nos. 2, 3,
and 8, those of the two sides are quite different. They are
carried about by the women, and are used for holding water
and food supplies, such as yams. (Figs. 120-122.)

20-25. Baskets made of palm leaves. The edges of the
leaf are folded over so as to form two sides of the basket ;
the folds are stitched together with split cane. The stem,
which is retained attached to the leaf, is bent over, as seen
on the right side of Xo. 21, and twisted up outside the folds
of the leaf. It is there kept in place by a stitching of split
cane. A very simple design is usually painted on the outside
surface, and in Xo. 22 a pendant made from a flattened-out
tip of a dog's tail has been added by way of ornament. Small
specimens, such as Xo. 25, are used by children, and also for
carrving such things as little lumps of ochre. (Figs. 12-1, 125,
126,"' 128.)

26 and 27 are examples of baskets roughly made for tem-
porary use. The material employed is paper-bark derived
from Melaleuca leucodenclron. (Figs. 123, 127.)

28-48. Armlets, used by women during mourning cere-
monies on Bathurst and Melville Islands. They are made
of the bark of a gum tree, and may be divided into two
groups, in one of which the fold is a single one, whilst iu' the
other it is double. The first of these is the less common
type, and is represented by Xos. 29, 30, and 35 ; the re-
maining specimens are all made of a double fold. In most
cases where there is a free edge, and in all where tAvo free
edges come together, as along one side of the double-fold
specimens, split cane is stitched round to prevent fraying of
the bark or to join the edges together. The bark is cut in
such a way that, when it is folded over to form the armlet,
projections of various shapes and sizes are formed on what

PUTE 27.

Z20

\^i.^

Z1I

225

MULKMNU \KMii. i>.

PLATE ;8,

MOURNING ARMLETS.

rji

is ihe outer surfurr of tlic latter when it i>* worn. Various
other ornamentations may be ad«le(l, as sitn in the speei-
mens. Abrus s-«"Js stuek into lumps of beeswax are fre-
ijUently emi»love<l, and tin- jrenerai schfine of design and
colouration of the bark is elosely similar to that of th<-
baskets. In rare ca.ses, as in Xos. 29 and 35, the bark is un-
painted. It is possible that in some the ornamentation niay
be su^gi-stive of «lefinite objects; that. ft)r example, in Xos.
31 and 37 calls t.) mind the rigging of a sliip. In .som-.'
cases, as in Xos. 31 and 37, 42 and 44, they are made in
pairs, but tiiis is somewhat infre(|ueiit. Th -y vary much in
size, some of them being much too large for a woman's arm;
whilst others, such as Xo. 4h, are very small and worn In-
young girls. When in use they are held against the sid • of
the body, with the arm through them, bent at the elbow.
Carrying them in this way, with gum-tree twigs in their
hands, the women and girls solenuily dance round the gravt-
posts during the final mourning ceremonies. (Figs. 22()-2l'7. )

49-72 are representative series of armlets, together with
two discs. The smaller armlets, such as N"os. 59. 61, 63, 65,
and 67 are worn on ordinary occasions by the women. From
these whidi are actually worn, a series can be traced, gradu-
ally increasing in size until the form seen in X'os. 52, 54,
anil 56 is reached. In the case of these, the object is just as
much out of j)roportion to the size of the arm as is that of
the bark arndet ( Xo. 32). There is, howeVi-r, a complete
gradation betwwn the larger and the smaller ones, and the
forujer have un<loubtedly bten developed out of the latter,
size being adth^l to give importance. The-i- large ones and
the two di.-^-s. Xos. 5S antl 66. are carried in the han<l by
women wln-n they dance round the grave-posts during the
mourning ceremonies. Each arndet is made of a larger or
smaller number of concentric rijigs of cane, wound rouml
and round with human hair string. On the inner side the
rings are bound together with a stitching of split cane, as
is well se<Mi in Xo. 50. Tas.'tels of various forms, ornamentitl
with snuill discs, hunps of Abrus seeds and bunches of
feathers, are added by way of ornament; and in Xo. 54 the
external margin is decorat***! with tufts of human hair
coloured alternately n^l and white. Attention n>ay be drawn
to the very eharactJ'ristic sidieme of decoration in Xos. 52.
56, and 5s". (Figs. 22S-230.)

73, 74, 75, 76. and 77 are examples of arndets mad«- of
split cane, worn by men.

7S-.H4 are objects used durinu' thr initiiition ceremony of
the Milville Island natives.

128

78 and 70 ai-c ii cklcts, callcMl Maniiii>-\viiiii, worn liy the
youth, called Watjiiiycrt i, who is passing throuiih tlie cere-
mony for the secontl lime, (i'igvs. 238, 240.)

80 is a belt, called Olturuma, worn by the initiate while he
i> out in the bush after th? performance of the ceremony.
(Figs. 235, 236.)

81 is a necklet worn by tlic mother of the Watjinyerti
youth so long as he wears the Marungwum. ( Fig. 237. )_

82 and 83 are chaplets ornamented with dogs' tail-tips,
worn by young girls, called Mikinyertunga, who take part in
the initiation ceremony. (Fig. 241.)

S4 is a ball of birds' feathers, which the Mikinyertunga
girl bites with her teeth while performing a special dance
during the ceremony. (Fig. 239.)

85-90. Ornaments of various forms made of lumps of
beeswax covered with bright red Abrus seeds. They are
worn round the neck or suspended from the head by string
nuide from human hair or some vegetable fibre, such as
the inner bark of the Banyan tree.

(All the objects in this case were collected and presented
by Professor Spencer.)

NATIVE BARK DRAWINGS. (Case 84.)

'Drawings such as these are madi' by natives of the Kakadu,
Umoriu, Iwaidji, and other tribes living in the vicinity of
the Alligator River in the Northern Territory. They are
done either on the sheets of gum-tree bark that form the walls
of their mia-mias, or on the roofs and walls of their rock-
shelters, and represent animals with w^hich they are in daily
contact, and mythical gnomes and spirits, of whom they
stand in dread. In all cases the draAving is more or less con-
ventionalized. In some the external form only is repre-
sented, but in others the internal anatomy is suggested. The
backbone is usually drawn, and also the alimentary canal,
while masses of red ochre represent flesh. The materials
used are sheets of bark, red ochre, and white pipeclay, with,
more rarely, yellow ochre and charcoal. It will be noticed
that, in almost all cases, whether the animal be drawn in
side or front view, both eyes are indicated. There is very
considerable difl^erence amongst the natives in regard to the
making of these drawings, one or two men in each camp or
local group being recognised as distinctly more capable than
their fellows.

1. Kopereipi, an emu. The backbone is shoAvn on the left
side, as also the intestine and the masses of flesh on the breast
and pelvic region.

PLATE 29.

MOURNING RINGS.

2862. 12

PLATE 30.

INITIATION OBJECTS.

PLATE 31.

BARK DRAWING.

129

2. Jurluni|H'rai. u ffiuali- kaiiganMi that livrs in jungles.
Tho V-shaped lines on a while baekground behind the
shoulder represent ribs.

:i. Kopt-n ipi, an emu. Th • details of the internal anatomy
of the bird are elearly indieated. Along the baek runs the
backbone. In the neek the (esophagus is shown with flesh on
the under surfaee. The shoulder girdle and muscles on it
are represented bv ero.ss-bars of red ochre. Behind thes.-
the alimentary canal is drawn, with the heart above it. On
the fornur there i.s, first of all, a bilobe<l structure represi'ut-
ing the livi-r. with the gall-bladder indicated by a black
mark. A little further back is the giz/ard, followed by tho
intestine. On the under surfact*. just b low the neck, there
is a solid mass of red ochre representing the " tar," or, as
the natives said, " the place where it talked." The three
characteristic toes are clearly indicated.

4. A gnome or sprite amongst the Geimbio tribe. It is one
of a number to which the general term, Gnormo, is applied.
It is supposed to Hy about during the day or on moonlight
nights, never during the dark. It rests amongst Bamboo
trei'S. hanging on by means of a special rope structure made
from Banyan-tree bark. This is represented by the whin-
lines. Only medicine men can .^'e this CJnormo, who itself is
also one. It doc*s no harm to the natives; on the contrary,
if it sees one of the latter ill, it tells a medicine man to p»
and make him well. (Fig. 242.)

.'i. A gnome or sprite, called Warraguk, of the (Jeimbio
tribe. It walks about during the day time on the look-out
for other (Jnormos. It is only about 4 feet high, and lives
amongst Bamboo trees, hanging on to them like a bat, of the
general form of which tin- drawing is suggi-stive.

6. A fish, calUJ Xupadaitba. The backbone is represented
running down the middle, and, below it, the alimentary
canal.

7. .\ gnome or sprite, calh'd Nangintain by the (»«'ind)io
tribe. It lives in cavj-s amongst the hills, and is very n>is-
«hievous, roaming about during tin* night time, and capturing
the Iwaiyu, or sjiirit part of boys who venture away from
the camp, or make too much noise in the latter. If it does so,
a metlicine man, taking with him a Xumereji. a spjvial
snake to which \\v owes his magic powers, goes in search of
the Xangintain. After finding the latter, he brings the snake
out from under his arm an«I shows it to the sprite, who b«*-
eonH-M very frightened and says. "Take back th* Iwai\nj!"
The medicine man does so, hurries back to camp, and replaces
it in the boy's body. The projtvtion behind the h« ad repre-
sents two v«rv l.iiiL' tars, and the two whit<' marks undi-r this

130

indicate the dorsal spines of two vertebral bodies that are
much longer than in human beings. When it comes out from
the cave, it shakes its ears, making a noise like a rushing
wind.

8. Three snakes. The two on the right side are death
adders, called ]N"arenna, in which the characteristic spiked
tail is indicated. The one on the left is a mythic one, called
Gnabadaua.

9. Jimmeriburra, or native companion. The native is
supposed to have just thrown his double-pronged spear by
means of a spear thrower. Around his neck he carries a dilly
bag. In this, as in all the drawings in which human figures
are represented, there is a great disproportion in the size of
the latter, as compared with the animals.

10. The right-hand figure represents a Monmorlpa, a large
rat; the middle one, a fish, called Xupadaitba; and the left-
hand one, a Kupulapuli, or white egret, the plume of which
is indicated. A native is capturing the fish with one of the
four-pronged spears used for this purpose.

11. Two drawings representing an adult and a young
i^umereji, a mythic snake that figures largely in traditions of
the Kakadu tribe, and is especially associated with medicine
men, who alone can see it.

12. Madjiborla, an " old man " kangaroo. The native has
been out searching for honeycomb or " sugar bag " that he is
carrying in the dilly bag hung from his neck. On the way
back to camp he comes across the kangaroo, which he is
attacking with his Jiboru, or spear.

13. The upper figure represents a Pewi, or pigmy goose
(Xettapus pnilchellas) ; the middle, Aperlul, or snuill Barra-
munda fish. The lower two figures are drawings of hands.
The hand is first placed on the wood, and poAvdered pipeclay
blown over so as to produce a stencil. After this the red
ochre outline is added.

14. The upper figure represents a Kudjalinga, or fresh-
water turtle. The zig-zag line down the centre indicates the
alimentary canal. The middle figure is a fish, called
Kunaitja, a mullet; the lower is a cat-fish (Copidoglanis),
in which the very characteristic barbels around the mouth are
clearly indicated.

15. This refers to a tradition connected with a mythical
individual, called Bubba Peibi. He is a little, squat man
v.-ho is supposed to walk about in water-holes at night time,
catching fish. As he wanders about, he talks to himself,
saying " Bi, Brr; Bi, Brr " (with a long roll on the "r").
He carries a dilly bag, or Meilla, on his head, in which he

i:U

phu-fs the fish; and in tlu- .Irawiiig is reprostMitcd carrying
st'ViMi of them on a long grass stalk that passes through their
gills.

l»j. Tlu- left figure rejjresents a fresh-water turtle; aiil the
right a small fish, ealle«l Hurramt-ippa.

17. The ujtpir figure repres<*nts a small fish, ealleti Jimi-
dauapa; the lower, a young cat-fish.

l'^. A small crocodile {Crocodilujs juhnstoni).

r.i. An Tngaiigir. or small crocodile {Crocodilus jolin-
tloui).

20. Urdpipa. a fresh-water turtle. The drawing represents
an outside view of the animal, with the exception of four
white i)atches. two at the front and two at the hind tMii.
which represent I'aloma, or fat.

21. A (Jnormo or spirit, caliiHl Yungwalia, who lives in
caves amongst the hills, and is supposed to visit the grave
of a dead man. He puts both hands on the dead man, presses
down, and shakes him to make him gel up. After he has
gone away, other spirits, called Xorminada, come up and
make corroborees. He is shown carrying a bunch of
leathers that he us<'S during dances in his left hand, and a
Kadimango, or club, in his right; the lattr in case he should
have to fiirht a hostile Yungwalia belonging to another
country.

22. A (•iiuiiiio 111- >pirit, called Auuenau, which livi--;
amongst the hills in the country of the Goimbio tribe. lit-
only walks about at night time, .searching for dead nativ.-s to
eat them. At the back of his hea<l \\v carries a projection,
called Marigik, which he can en'ct and rattle .so that all in
camp can hear him. The tail-like structun- represents light-
ning, which the natives often see at night time along the
tf)ps of the hills. On his wrists, elbows, knetv:. and ankles
he carries knobbed structures, which are supposed to be the
bonw of dead natives placed there by hiniMdf.

23. An eaglehawk, or Xungortji. On th- wings the
feathers are represent«vl.

24. Scene repres^-nting a kangaroo hunt. From left to
right the figures represent a man running, with a spear and
.•ipi'ar thrower; a woman, Avith a «ligging stick, and a dilly
bag hung from her head; a man who has just thrown a stono-
hcadfd spear; two men running, drawn upside down; the
katigaroo; and on the e.xtrcnif right a man hitting it with
a club.

25. An old male pied goose, or Kurnembo. The charact-T-
i.<5tic bony protuberance on the head is clearly indicated.

132

26. 'I'lic l('ft-li;iii(l fii;-iii'(' rcjiroseiit.s a small fish called
MunKM'ciiiia ; and llir riiilil, a I'cwi, ov piiiniv a'oose. In
tlie alimentary canal the tt'sophagiis is shown, followed hy
ihe gizzard, and then by the intestine, Avhich is supposed to
be distendcil with food. Behind this is a mass of Paloma,
or fat.

21. The upper figure n-presents a Madjiborla, or large
kangaroo. In the head the brain and tongue are shown;
then follow the (psophagus and be-art, with the curved dia-
ipliragni and coiled intestines. Above the latter is the back-
bone, and above this again is a mass of Tjali, or flesh.

28. A Kulckuli, or cat-fish {(^opodofflatiis), with the bar-
bels, or Tjari, round the mouth.

29. A Naburpungenyi, or black kangaroo iM(Arn)i)a.'<
hernardus), which lives amongst the ranges. The diaphragm
is shown, with the heart and two lungs immediately in front
of it. The colour of this kangaroo (Macropus hernardus) is
quite distinct from that of any other, and is expressed by the
use of a body-ground of black charcoal.

30. Represents an Eyenbumbo, or eaglehawk. In this an
attempt is made to show the wings, or Yaiyilla, extended with
the feathers on.

31. The two figures on the left represent Wonjella, and
the one on the right a Murali. All these are salt-water fish.

32. The left-hand figure represents a Miniorko, or bandi-
coot; and the right-hand one an Erlaungerla, or echidna.
(Fig. 243.)

33. The upper figure on the left represents a rat, called
Imberilbumbu; the one underneath, a small fish, called
Kunbaritja. Those at the right end represent two other
fishes, called Tjameru and Pulauerbulla.

34. A large cat-fish, or Kulekuli (Copidoglanis).

35. A Barramuiida fish, or Kimbcrikara (Scleropages
leichhardti) .

36. A large crocodile, or Eribinjori (Crocodihts porosus)^
Some of the internal anatomy is shown, such as the a?sophagus,
heart, and liver. On the left side of the body the scales
on the undersurface are shown, and on the same side the
crest on the tail.

37. A large crocodile, or Eribinjori (Crocodilus porosus).
The two jaws are followed by the eyes, then the tongue, neck,
and chest. The backbone runs along the right side of the
body and tail, on which also the upper crest is represented-
There are no details of internal anatomy.

PL^TE 32.

|'\Kk l^K\\U\>

;J^. Till' Hgurr oil tlu- Irft njn-fsiiiis a ilivt-r with it.s long
net'k. The ttliiiu'Htury ranul is i-learly shown, and the ohject
in the middle is supposed to he a fish that it has eaten. The
hird is bein^ speared by a native, who has just discharged the
spear from a spear thrower. The smaller drawing npr..-
siits a I'ewi, or pigmy goose.

(AH thest> drawings were collected and presented by Tro-
fe.«iSor S|M'iieer. »

NATIVE DRAWINGS. (Case 85.)
Those were madt- by iiativrs i)t" iln- Kakadu and Kulunglutji
tribes living in the vicinity of tlu- Alligator Kiver in the
Xorthern lerritory. They repn'.sent animals on which the
aboriginals fee*l and mythical gnomes or sprites (see 84).
It will be noticed in all ca.s^s that whilst the drawings of
the heads of tin- animals are fairly good, those of the gnomes,
who are supposed to be in most ca.s«'s human in form, with
at times animal traits, are very inditferent.

1. Fresh-water crocodile (Crocodilus john-stuni), called
Yinganga. Tha snout is very elongate, and the internal
anatomy not well shown; the vertebral column is clearly
shown in the tail, and probably indicated by the line of
black blocks on the left side of the trunk; the spines on the
tail are al-^o shown.

2. A lily-eating gnome or sprite, called Mungkumboibait
in the Kakadu tribe. The head is very conventional, with
one large spot in the centre of the face, and a projection on
each side, possibly intended to represi-nt bushy hair. The
drawing on the right side of the trunk represents the back-
bon<>; the median line with lat.nil lines running the hmgth of
the trunk, though suggestive of backbone and ribs, is prob-
ablv merely decorative, the same scheme i)eing continued
down each leg. The f»'<'t have no toes. It carrii'S in each
luind a bag to hold the lilies.

.'J. A gnome or sprite, called Kugarung in the Kakadu tribe,
that is suppose*! to spend its tinx- searching for ** honey-
bags " (the comb of the wihl be«-). The hi'ad is animal in
form, suggestive of a kangaroo. There are no I'vvi^, but it is
evidently supposed to be looking up, with one hand in the
position of shading its eyes whih- .searching in the trees for
the bws' nests. The backbone is represeuteil, but no other
internal structure, and it has no fingers or toes.

4. .V gnome or sprite, called Warraguk in the Kulunglutji
tribe. This also eats honey-bags. The head is very con-
ventional, the two large yellow j»atches outlined with red
perhaps repres4'nting the eyes, and the white line betwoon

134

tlicDi llic nose. Possibly the incdinii (lr;i\vin<i- in the trunk is
tile hackbouc; on t-acli side of it is a design with white
diamond-shaped patches on the right, and others with crossed
red lines on the left. A membrane suggestive of that of the
flying fox runs along each side of the bod}^ from the tips of
the fingers to those of the toes. The arms and legs are
fully extended.

."t. An " old man " kangaroo, called Jeruober in the Ivakadu
tribe. It is (k'cidedly well drawn, with the proportionate
length of fore and hind feet clearly shown, as also the strong
tail. The backbone is indicated, the curved side lines
running awa.y from it ])ossibly representing ribs; but if so,
they are in the wrong place. Two eyes are shown, and the
heart and lungs above the diaphragm.

6. The palmated or pied goose (Anseraniis semipahnata).
called Kurnembo by the Kakadu tribe. The characteristic
hard, horny crest on the head is well shown, and internally
the gizzard. The outline of the hands and feet is firs^t
made by placing them flat on the bark and then squirting
powdered pipeclay over them from the mouth, so that they
are silhouetted. In addition to this, the drawings are
decorated with red lines and white dots, and on the feet the
balls of the toes are well indicated.

7. The salt-water turtle (Chelone midas), called Barnjil
by the Kakadu. The beak, seen sideways, is well marked,
and the whole drawing gives a fair idea of the appearance
of the animal in the water. The internal anatomy is
indicated.

8. The black kangaroo (Macropvs hei'nardus), called
Naburpungen^'i by the Kakadu. The colour of this is so
striking that the natives always employ black when repre-
senting it in their drawings. The heart and lungs are
drawn in front of the diaphragm; on the hind foot there is
a single large toe.

9. A gnome or sjDrite. called Mununlimbur by the Kulung-
lutji tribe. It is supposed to roam about in search of honey-
bags. The face is very conventional; there are two eyes,
no mouth, and very bushy hair. The backbone is shown,
and the leg-bones are indicated; there is no attempt to depict
the internal anatomy, but the trunk is decorated with a
design that differs on each side of the third line. There is
an extra finger on each hand, but no toes are drawn. A
bag to carry the honey is hung from each elboAv.

10. The white ibis (This molucca), called Gobolba by the
Kakadu tribe. The bills are distinctive; the head shows

two fves ill side view; the backbone and traeheal tub* .. ...i
ing to the lung are <lrawn in tlie long neek, and the niu.sclej)
indicated on tlie breast, with the alimentary canal above them;
the tail is blocked in in white. In the hind foot tin- fourtii
toe, standing back at an angle to the others, is well shown.
The tw«) fore-arms, hands, and f«'et are silhouetted in wliiti-,
and the former are curiously decorated with a red and black
diamond pattern; the jnin!, ,,u ,,u,- .>r rb.- li.m.K .n- ind;
cated by yellow lines.

11. l)rawing of two iiaini^ ;iii<i ti»ri'-;iiiM» and iui» iiii.
The arujs and hanvls arr elaborately ilecorated with arrange-
ments of lines and dots; the nails are indicate<l in some cases.
The feet, seen from below, are decorated with longitudinal
rctl lines.

12. Two feet and two han»ls, decorated with liic - -nil
circles of dots. On one foot the heel is indicated.

13. An old and a young Echidna. The thick-set struituro
of the animal is W(dl in<licated. The backbone is shown, and
also a large mass of fat and flesh on its back.

14. A fish, calleil Xui)i»adaitba, wiiich only ol.l men are
allowed to eat. The overhanging under lip. vertebral
column, short straight alimentary canal, and both ey<-- af^'
represented.

ir». On the left side a large bat or " tlying fox " (/'/( roy>».'
IKtlinctpluihi.t) is rvi)resented. The right hand is dispro-
portionate in size; tlie hooked claw on the first finger is
indicated, and there is an extra toe on each foot. It has
the appearance of representing a bat that has luul the fur
8iiige<i ofT and the flying membrane destroyed j)reparatory
to cooking the animal. On the right side are thriH' small
fish«'s. calh'd Hurrametbur.

16. The dabiru or Hurtpenniweir (Xenorhi/tichus asiatr
cu.t). The black bills are shown, but the drawing of the
head is very conventional. The backbone runs all along
the neck and body; the alimentary canal is drawn; thi- Hesh
on the breast is indicated, and the tail blocked in with wbi'--

17. Three small drawings of bandicoots or Miniorkf

IM. The larg- crocodile or Kribinjori {('rnrntliliis poiD.'ius).
The alimj-ntary caiuil is shown in tin- lower part of the draw-
ing, and the backbone running down the middle of the body.
The white blocks outlined with black above the backbone in
the trunk region probably indicate the prominent rows of
scales and scutes on thr« back of the animal. At the left
end are two hands and fon-arms of a chihl ( Xtidji).

(All these drawings were collected and presented by Mr.
r. Cahill.)

i;:6

PICTURE ON SMOKED BARK, REPRESENTING
SCENES IN THE LIFE OF AN ABORIGINAL. (Case 86.)

Drawn \>y a native. Lake Tyrell, N'ieturia.

SCENE ILLUSTRATING AUSTRALIAN
ABORIGINAL LIFE. (Case 87.)

Tliis cxlilhit depicts some incidents in tlu' life of the Aus-
tralian native. Tlie scene represents a camping-groniul by
the side of u lagoon or Avatereoiirse, such a situation being
chosen by tlie natives Avliere possible. The two unclothed
figures are natives of Lake Alexandrina, South Australia ;
and the other two, wearing cloaks, are natives of Victoria.
The Australian native is a true nomad, being constantly on
the move from place to place where food supplies and fresh
water are to be obtained. He has not reached the agricul-
tural stage of civilization, and has no idea of cultivating
cereals, or of laying in a stock of food to maintain himself
during a time of scarcity. The camping-groun.d having
been decided upon, the erection of huts, or niia-mias, would be
at once begun and speedily completed. These huts are, as a
rule, of an extremely unsubstantial character, and would be
better described as shelters. They are commonly made of
sheets of bark cut from neighbouring gum trees resting on
the windward side of a rough framework, and forming a
sort of lean-to, as may be seen from the example in the
scene. Very often the shelters consist of nothing more
than a few boughs. The wordly possessions of the natives,
mostly weapons, are scattered about the mia-mia without fear
of their being appropriated, because, in his native state, the
native is honest.

The manner of producing fire varies in different parts of
the continent, but the principle is the same as with all
savage peoples, namely, the generation of heat by the friction
of two pieces of dry wood. The practice most commonly
employed is that illustrated by the squatting figure of the
native in the foreground of the scene. A narrow, flat piece
of soft wood about 10 inches long is placed on the ground,
and firmly held in a horizontal position by the toes of the
feet of the operator. Between the palms of his hands he
maintains, in an upright position, a slender stick about 2
feet in length, fixed in a slight depression previously made
in the flat piece of wood, which he twirls rapidly by a back-
ward and forward motion of his hands, exerting at the same
time a slight downward pressure. When fire arises from
the depression in the flat piece of wood, the glowing charcoal

137

powJer t'itluT runs through a litiK* notrh into soiue tinder,
usutilly dried leaves or grass, or the lower piece of wood is
turned over to effect the sanu' object, and a fire soon results
by the operator gently blowing the smouldering material,
in some of the Central Australian tribes a shield takes tlu-
plai-e of the horizontal piece of wooil, the <'«lge of a spear-
thrower being tjuii'kly drawn ba<*kwards and forwards by two
operators across th face of the shield until ignition take-*
place. Various forms of fire-making implements may be
seen in another case. In order to avoid the labour involved
in the process de.«icribed every time a fire is required, the
women often carry lighted brands or other smouldering sub-
stances with them on their journeys from place to place.
Fire serv,.s the two purposes of supplying warmth to the
natives in cold weather, and for cooking their food, which
practically consists of anything i-atable. both animal and
vegetable. The operation of cooking is usually of a very
simple nature, the art of boiling not being known to, at
lea.st. the majority, if any, of the tribes. The animal, just
as killed, and if small enough, is simply roasted over the
fire without any preparation whatsoever until d- eme<l suf-
ficiently cooked. This condition is regulat(«l largely by the
appetite of the individuals concerned, who, if pressed by
hunger, will devour the animal before it has had time to be
even properly warmed through. Another method of cook-
ing, and a universal one, is to dig a hole in the ground into
which heated stones are placed, followed by gra.ss or leaves,
on which the animal is placed. It is then covered with
another layer of gra.ss or leaves and the hoK* completely
filled in with hot ashes and earth under which it is left until
sufficiently cooke<l. The circular moun<ls now commonly
known as kitchen middens mark the position of favourite
camping placis. The.se kitchen middens are composed of
refuse from the eamp. mixed with earth and charcoal, which
have accumulated over long periods.

The figures of the nuin and woman s*oen approaching the
mia-mia are supposed to b- returning home after a hunting
e.xpe<lition. In the woman's hand will be noticed the digging
stick. »n«l on her back a y<.uiig child, se.-un-l in its position
by the skin cloak, an arrangement which gives her the free
use of both haml.s. In .some parts of Atistralia the infants
are enrricd about in n wooden trough, called a Pitchi. which
is nl.so devoted to other uses. The clonks worn bv both the
man and woman are made of opo.«.sum skin<5 sewn together
with the sinew of .<«ome animal, most often taken from the
tail of a kangaroo, and in Victoria were tisually worn wh >n
travelling. The inner si«le wa.«, as a rule, decorated with

2862.— 13

138

various designs, most frcciucntly of a geonicii-ical character.
Opossum-skin coats were confined to tlic Victorian tribes.
Witli most of tlie aborigines, liowevci', clothing is scarcely
worthy of the name, consisting merely of a girdle or small
apron. The men generally wear no clothing whatever.
At ordinary times little attention is given to personal orna-
mentation by men or women, but during dances or corrobbo-
rccs and certain sacred ceremonies tlie men are often elabo-
rately decoratid. The head of the clothed man in the scene
is decorated with a forehead-band Avoven out of a string,
in which are stuck, one on each side, feathers of the black
cockatoo — a favorite ornament. The woman is wearing a
common form of necklace made by stringing on a cord a
large number of sections cut out of the stems of reeds.

The Australian canoes are, for the most part, of a very
primitive character. Along the north coast and north-east
coast of Queensland dug-outs, out-rigger canoes, and bark
canoes of a superior type are now in use, but the art of con-
structing the first two kinds has been acquired by contact
with the Malays and Papuans. The canoes generally con-
sist simply of a sheet of bark cut from a gum tree. In
Tasmania and in parts of Western Australia, even this crude
vessel does not appear to have been known, and a rough sort
of raft was used when reaches of smooth water had to be
crossed. In making an ordinary canoe, a suitable tree
(usually a red gum, Encahjptus rostrata) was selected. The
workman ascended the tree by chopping holes with his stone
tomahawk for his toes as he proceeded, and notched the
bark along the lines required to give the desired shape to the
sheet of bark. He then descended from the tree, and by
means of his tomahawk separated the bark from the wood
for some distance along the cut edges, completing its removal
with the aid of a sapling, as a lever, inserted under the
bark. According to the kind of bark used, the sheet was
either placed over a fire and turned inside out or employed
as cut from the tree. In the corner of this case the trunk
of a large red gum tree (which was growing in the Eichmond
Park, Melbourne) shows the place where a sheet of bark has
been stripped off for the purpose of making a canoe. In
Victoria two varieties of canoes were in use. One kind
(see specimen on Museum wall), which is folded together
and tied at the ends to form the stem and stern, was appar-
ently restricted to the natives of Gippsland. The other
kind, employed by the natives of the Murray and its tribu-
taries, of which an examide is shown in this ca?e, was made
of the simple sheet of bark without any improvements, except

1V>

mat in some iiistanci»s, \vii« n tinr»' was liaiigor of waicr
entering, lumps of mud werr plac-itl at <>ni« .»r hotli ends to
form barriers. iJotli tlies- kin<ls of e:i: • used only

in smooth or shallow water, and were j : by a lonj»

pole, the operator standing upright.

Besides nets, very similar in form and manufacture to
those of eivilized piople, and hooks nuide of both bone and
wood, the natives made extensive use of the .spear in catching
fish. A common form of fishing spear is .seen in the hand
of one of the maK' figures in this scene, posed in a position
ready to cast the spear at a fish. This spear is formed of a
jdain head made from a piece of hardwood hafted to a reed
shaft ; but pronged and barbed spears w.re also frequently
employed. Probably very few spears were devoted exclu-
sively to fishing, which was carried on by night as well as by
day.

Although mi-morials of deceased persons are not commonly
known, various forms, some only of a temporary nature, but
others more' permanent, were used in diflferent parts of Aus-
tralia. Among the latter, perhaps, were the carved tree>
found in Xew South Wales. One of these trees, obtaiutd
for and presented to the Museum by Mr. A. R. McCrae, is
standing in a corner of this case. It was found near the
Xt imur River, an I is said to have been carved as a memorial
to a tribal heailriian \\]\<> li;ii>iiiin(l tu die i-lose to it.

PLAYTHINGS. (Case 83.)

1. Small stone balls, naturally formed, used for .spinning.
This is a very favourite game amongst the natives of many
parts of Australia. The ball is held betweiii the fore and
middle fingers. an<l is then made to sj»in upon some smooth,
hard surface, tlie obj«»ct iwing to nuike it sjiin for as Iniijr n
tim^ as possible. Arunta tribe. Central .\ustralia.

2-7. Specimens of a plaything found in many paii- <>i
•Vustralia, and called, in Victoria, " Wit-Wit." The knob
and handle are nuide out of a single piece of wood, and,
when us'd, the thin end is held in the hand, and the imple-
ment is twirled round and round, and then suddenly let go.
It flies off at a tangent, strikes the ground, rebounds, strikes
the ground again, and rebounds time after time. Thf
object is to make it traverse as great a distaiu'e as possible.
An expert thrower will make it travel for, p. rhaps, 200 yards.
The weight of the Wit-Wit is usiuilly ' '. tnore than
1 ounce.

8. Child's play boomerang. Maearthur Kiver. Xorthcrn
Territory.

140

SMOKING PIPES. (Case 89.)

1-.'). Aiiioiiti- the iiorthcni constiil trib s a fonii of pipf
18 often met with, wliich has pi'ohahly hccii (h'rivcil t'l'oni tiic
Malays. Al all events, as the native Anstralian, in liis
natural condition, docs not smoke, it can hai'dly be regard; (i
as strictly indigenous. Tt is evidently based in form upon
that of an opium pipe, with a small bowl ami a long stem.
When in use, a small quantity of tobacco is placed in the
bowl, which is usually made out of a ]tiece of tin. oi' the
metal top of an old cartridge. One end of the stem, gene-
rally made out of bamboo, is closed with paper-bark, which
also fills up any chinks left round the bowl. After a little
vigorous pulling, the whole stem becomes filled with smoke,
and as it is often of considerable size, perhaps 3 feet or more
in length and about 2 inches in diameter, it holds a large
amount. The pipe is then passed round from one man to
another, each taking a mouthful and inhaling it. These
natives prefer this method of smoking to the European
style, though they also adopt the latter method.

MISCELLANEOUS. (Case 90.)

I, 2. Fly whisks made out of shredded Pandanus leaves.
Binbinga tribe, Macarthur River, jSTorthern Territory.

3. Xorkun, wing of palmated goose, used as a fan. Kakadu
tribe. Alligator River, Northern Territory.

4, 5. Yaiilla, corroboree wand, used for keeping time to
the singing by beating it on the ground. It is also used for
magic. A man who has a pain in his back will fasten one
of these into his waist-girdle. The pain passes into the
Yaiilla, and can be throwni away. Ivakadn tribe, Alligator
River, Northern Territory.

6. A rasp, called Munumburahnra. made of a flat jnece of
wood, with shark skin stretched over it. ■ Kakadu tribe.
Alligator River, Northen Territory.

7, 8. Scratching sticks. Kakadu tribe. Alligator River.
Northern Territory.

9, 10. Challenge sticks, called jMedjingeli, siMit out to
invite natives of other camps to a fight. The longer one is
sent out for a general and the shorter for a single fight.
Kakadu tribe, Alligator River, Northern Territory.

II. Stick, called Tjubulin-juhoulu, made by a man, and
given to his wife when it is evident that she is going to have
a child. The woman must always carry it about until the
child is born. (1-11 presented by Professor Spencer.)

1 I

SPECIMENS ILLUSTRATING THE CUTTING OF
TREES BY ABORIGINALS. (Case 91.)

1. Section of gum trci> from which a shield ha^ been cut.

2. Roujrii shield cut from tin* jjum tree. (1 and 2 pro-
sonti'd by Mr. A. .*^. Kciiyon.)

3. Finished .•shi«dd.

4. Si'ftion of a nw trunk, showing; a hob- t-nt out bv an
aboriginal with a stone a.x- to -t'cure an opossmn. ( Pro-
sented by Mr. II. Baker.)

5. Section of a trin^ trunk, showing: a hole cut out ny an
aboriginal with an iron axe to .sei-ure an opo.ssum. (Pre-
sented by Mr. II. Baker. >

WOMAN'S DILLY BAG AND CONTENTS. (Case 92.)

The bag was in the poss ssion of a wonum of the Kakadu
tribe. East Alligator River, Xorthern Territory. It con-
tained all hor po.ssessions, except her yam-stick and mat.
The bones are those of her young cliild, who had recently
died. The contents of the bag are as follow: — 1. Dilly-bag.
made of grass stalks. 2. .\ number of locks of human hair,
probably her own. .]. Ihiman hair made up in string. 4.
Hair cut from the head of the 1 ad child, carried about in
a small parccd. 5. Fire sticks. 6. Fresh-water nms.-^el shell
used for scraping. 7. Stone which has been u.sed for pound-
ing or opening mu.ssel shells. The stone is slightly abrade«l
by u.se at the pointed end. S. Red ochre u.sed for painting
the body. !>. White pipeclay u.-^ed for painting the body.
10. Part of a lily root use<l for food. 11. Kangaroo teth
used as ornaments. 12. Part of a kangaroo fibula, u."*ed as
an awl or no.-^e-bone. 1:1. Fragment of plaited split cane,
with .small lump of beeswax. 14. Small nni.«<s of wocd from
the Cotton tree. 1.'). Portion of the skull of the child. 16.
Lower jaw. 17. Bones of hind limbs. IS. Bones of arm.
10. Portions of tlie pelvi.s. 20. Shoulder blade. 21. Three
pirMons of backbom-. 22. Ribs. (Presented by Profe.<».sor
r.)

CASTS OF HEADS OF VICTORIAN ABORIGINALS.

(Case 93.)

Ca.«" ! <1<\ II Victorian aborigimils made

by Mr. Charles Snnimt-rs at the .\borigiiu»l Station, Coran-
derk in 1H06 for the Melbourne Intercolonial Exhibition
1866-7. (Presented by the Commissioners of the Exhibi-
tion.)

I. Fcninli'. Ml. l'"r;iiikliii tribe. Ag-o 23. 2. Male, Yarra
Yarra trihc Age 38. 3. Female, Yarra Yarra tribe.
Ago 30. 4. Male. Age 13. T). Female, Goulburn River
tribe. Age 20. 6. Female, (ionlbnrn liiver tribe. Age
10. 7. :\rale, Goulbnni Kiver tribe. Age 22. 8. Male,
Loddon Iviver tribe. Age 65. 9. Female, Loddon River
tril)e. Age 26. 10. Male. Age 18. 11. Female, Eae-
clius Mai'sli tribe. .\ge 6.

TASMANIAN ABORIGINALS. (Case 94.)

Masks of the faces of two male and one female Tasmaniau
aboriginals and cast of the skeleton of Truganini, the last of
the Tasmanians. The latter is moulded from the original
skeleton in the Tasmanian Museum, Hobart,

By Authority : Albert J. Mullett, Government Printer, Melbourne

7 DAY USE

RETURN TO

ANTHROPOLOGY LIBRARY

This publication is due on the LAST DA 1 1
and HOUR stamped below.

AUG 2 2 1988

RBl7-30m-7,'75
(S752lL)4188

General Library

University' of California

Berkeley

if > ^

UNIVERSITY OF CALIFORNIA LIBRARY